Small Employers Health Benefits Program Act of 2006
Legislative Activity
Stay on top of the latest movement without scrolling through every action
Read twice and referred to the Committee on Finance. (text of measure as introduced: CR S2905-2908)
April 5, 2006
View full timeline
Introduced in Senate
April 5, 2006
Read twice and referred to the Committee on Finance. (text of measure as introduced: CR S2905-2908)
April 5, 2006
Floor Debate
22 membersWhat members said about S. 2510 on the floor
MBE
RJD
CG
JFK
BLL+17
Floor Debate
22 membersWhat members said about S. 2510 on the floor
Mr. President, I wish to comment a little bit on that. I think there is plenty of blame to go around for any delays that are happening around here. When we are talking about incorporating in this…
Mr. President, I wish to comment a little bit on that. I think there is plenty of blame to go around for any delays that are happening around here. When we are talking about incorporating in this bill, which deals with small business health plans, an opportunity to give small businessmen a chance at negotiating in the market to bring down costs, with an alternative being proposed--when we are being asked to incorporate into this and put all the weight of the stem cell debate or drug reimportation or Medicare Part D on top of this as a full-blown debate, everybody in this body knows that any one of those would easily take up not just a full week but probably 3 weeks because there would be other kinds of motions and parliamentary objections and processes that would drag any one of those out for that time.
The difficulty with being able to debate anything around here is the
length of time as a result of the right to offer any amendments that anybody wants on any topic. So we do make some efforts to try to keep them relevant. If we do cloture, then they are germane. Germane is a much tougher test, but relevant is not any health care idea in the whole world that could be amended and amended and amended and debated and have processes put in against it that would keep us from ever getting to a decision on small business health plans.
So we are trying to stay with small business health plans. I know Senators Durbin and Lincoln have an alternate approach. The alternate approach ought to be voted on, but the alternate approach should not be voted on to the exclusion of ever getting to a vote on this. So we don't want to have just one of them vote and one side feel very good because they got a vote for that one and the other side never gets to their vote. We are trying to find a way to make sure there are votes on both sides on the issues and that not just one side is taking the tough votes but that we do something so we can get to a conclusion for small business. Yes, we are trying to focus this on the problems of small business.
I would like to speak a little bit on the managers' amendment that is before us because there are some changes to the bill that I think the other side of the aisle will like. In most respects, this amendment corresponds very closely to the underlying bill reported out of the HELP Committee in March. It enables small businesses to pool together to save costs and increase access. It allows small business health plans and other plans to offer more affordable coverage options. It will also help streamline the current hodgepodge of health insurance regulation. However, the managers' amendment does make a number of new and important changes to the bill, most importantly in the area of premium rating.
Before I address the managers' amendment, I want to first emphasize, as I have throughout this debate, that I am eager to start sorting the amendments my colleagues might want to offer. As we start the amendment process, I look forward to debating all amendments from my colleagues on both sides of the aisle that are relevant--I mean relevant to the goal of more affordable health insurance for small business owners and their employees and their families.
I have reviewed some of the amendments Members have filed and want to offer. There are many that don't have any place on this bill and only serve to obstruct or delay passage of the bill--amendments addressing the energy efficiency of hybrid cars, Medicare benefits, hate crimes, and environmental air standards. They don't have any place on this bill. This bill is about health insurance for small business owners and their families and their employees and their families. I stand ready and willing to debate all relevant amendments to this bill.
For instance, Senator Snowe will file an amendment on the issue of benefit mandates. Her amendment would ensure that benefits and services which have been mandated by a majority of States would continue to apply to small business health plans and other insurers. I know there is a lot of strong feeling on all sides of this issue, and I look forward to a lively and serious debate on it. I will have more to say about the Snowe amendment later.
For now, I will focus on what we have done in the managers' amendment to address the concerns raised by many Members of this Chamber. The main change we have made is related to how health insurance premiums are priced for small business. Most States do have rating laws. Those laws limit the amount of variation between premiums charged to different small businesses. Some States allow a great variation; some States allow very little variation.
During debate on this bill yesterday, I heard my Democratic colleagues make a number of speeches on this issue. They expressed their concern about how the bill, as reported from our committee, would affect the health insurance market in their States. They expressed concerns about how the rating rules in our bill might affect businesses with older workers or workers who have serious or chronic illnesses. I also heard these concerns in private conversations with a number of my colleagues over the past few weeks. I don't believe everybody should have to pay exactly the same amount for health insurance. Rules like that hurt young families and lower income workers. They get hurt because they get priced out of the affordable health insurance market.
But I have listened to my colleagues. I have also consulted with some of my colleagues on our committee and with Senator Nelson of Nebraska, who coauthored this bill with me. I value his perspective as a former State insurance commissioner. I also reviewed the bill Senators Durbin and Lincoln have offered. I have talked with experts in the insurance markets and insurance regulation, and they don't think the bill Senators Durbin and Lincoln have offered would create new and affordable options. In fact, some of those experts think that bill would make things worse, not better.
I will speak some other time in more detail on that. I prefer to go in the direction that we know can work. We know small business health plans will work because they worked in the past before the thicket of conflicting State laws made it too cumbersome to offer such plans.
Our committee heard testimony on this last year, but Senator Nelson and I looked at the Durbin-Lincoln bill anyway to see if there were some ideas we could harvest, some ideas we could incorporate.
After talking with Senator Nelson and my colleagues on the committee, we have developed an amendment that should address the concerns of most of my colleagues on the issue of rating.
The managers' amendment would do two things: First, it would permit States to limit the allowable variation in premiums to a much narrower ratio between the highest and the lowest rates as compared to the bill my committee originally reported.
Second, it would allow States to continue to require community rating of the health insurance policies. What that means is that the bill would allow States to prohibit small business health plans or insurance companies from using the health status of a group of workers as a factor in determining the group's premium.
If States want to allow health status as a factor, they can allow it; if they don't, they can disallow it. This means two things: First of all, most States would be unaffected by the new rating threshold of the managers' amendment. As a matter of fact, we estimate the rating provisions would have no impact on approximately 40 States. The vast majority of those States have reasonably competitive markets, although those markets would be even more competitive if we allow for the creation of small business health plans, allowing small business to band together across State lines to increase their leverage and to cut administrative costs. That is a huge factor.
Second, the managers' amendment preserves much of our original intent to create greater affordability for low-wage workers and for younger workers and their families, but it also allows States to retain reasonable limits on what high-risk groups can be charged. The managers' amendment sets a different threshold for allowable variation in premiums.
The new threshold is similar to the model act published by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and updated in 2000, its most recent model, and it is what Senators Durbin and Lincoln used as the basis of their bill.
So under the managers' amendment, the States use community rating and could continue to use community rating. That means these States could still prohibit the use of health status as a rating factor as long as their system is adjusted to the point that it maintains affordability for low-wage workers and young people and families.
Under the managers' amendment, States would also be permitted to limit small business health plans and other insurers from setting rates that vary by more than a 5-to-1 ratio. In other words, the highest rate for a group in a particular insurance pool could not be more than five times the lowest rate. That would ensure that the insurance pool has a better and more stable balance of risks in the pool while ensuring meaningful limits on premiums for higher risk groups. This is an adjusted community rating standard used in the bill authored by Senators Durbin and Lincoln.
Again, just like the Durbin-Lincoln bill, the managers' amendment follows the most recent model from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. The Durbin-Lincoln standard works out to the same 5-to-1 ratio between lowest and highest rating. So I hope my colleagues understand that here is an area where we have tried to strike a compromise, where we tried to work with them.
I should point out that most States don't use community rating. They use what is known as rating bands. These bands allow for a variety of factors to be used in setting premiums, including health status. We will allow States that use rating bands to continue to use rating bands. None of these States would be required to use community rating if they don't want to. They can continue to allow greater premium variation than the 5-to-1 ratio if they choose. It is a very important point.
The managers' amendment allows States to continue the use of two systems for rating health insurance policies. They can use either the community rating or what is known as rating bands. All the managers' amendment asks is that community-rated States follow the model set forth in the Durbin-Lincoln bill. At least if some reasonable variation in premiums is allowed, young families and lower wage workers may be able to find affordable policies. Of course, affordability would be enhanced if their State markets became competitive enough to attract small business health plans. So we are saying in 10 States it may not attract small business health plans.
I know the rating is extremely complex. This is a very difficult issue to talk about. I kind of enjoy it as an accountant. But the bottom line is very simple. First, we need to maintain a minimum level of affordability in how premiums are set across the country. Young families and lower wage workers in certain States deserve access to affordable health insurance and, therefore, affordable health care, and they deserve the ability to join together with other employees as part of a pool of small business workers through the association in their industries.
Ensuring that all the States have competitive health insurance markets will enable small business health plans to create truly national pools so they can maximize the full size of their membership as they negotiate for better benefits and for better prices.
This is a major area of compromise, and I hope my colleagues recognize it. We have taken a major concept from the bill authored by Senators Durbin and Lincoln and we have incorporated it in the managers' amendment. We have done this because Senator Nelson and I and the other cosponsors of the bill are working in good faith to find common ground.
While rating is the most significant issue that we revised in the managers' amendment, it is not the only one. For example, the managers' amendment includes several provisions to make it clear that the scope of the bill's preemption of State law is very narrowly tailored to only three areas. Those three areas are rating, as I have already discussed, benefits, to enable small business health plans to offer national benefit packages, and administrative functions, to reduce some unnecessary costs of health insurance regulation.
It has been a key priority for my Democratic cosponsor, Senator Ben Nelson, that State oversight authority be retained to the maximum extent possible. We have a few former State insurance commissioners in the Senate, and I know they share Senator Nelson's opinion on that. There are also a few former attorneys general in the Senate, and I have listened to them. I have also listened to some of our current attorneys general who have voiced their concerns recently.
I mention that some of their concerns refer more to the House- associated health plans bill, and it is important for people to know this is different from that bill.
We have listened and done these appropriate changes. We have added new provisions that make it very clear that this bill does not preempt, affect, or even disrupt traditional State authority regarding consumer protection, plan solvency, and insurance oversight. That stays with the State.
Most importantly, it would be crystal clear that the bill does not limit in any way a consumer's right to petition their State insurance commissioner or the State courts. That is a very important point. I want to repeat that. It should be crystal clear that it does not limit in any way a consumer's right to petition the State insurance commissioner or their State courts.
The managers' amendment before the Senate represents a significant effort to find common ground. It addresses the issue of rating, which is one of the two major concerns that Senator Nelson and I have heard from colleagues. Senator Snowe's amendment with respect to State- mandated benefits is an attempt to address the other major concern.
So Members who have raised concerns about these two issues ought to see we are willing to work toward a compromise. There should be no reason we can't arrive at a solution over the next couple of days. Small business owners and working families I don't think are going to accept excuses.
The matter at hand is small business health plans. It is not stem cell research, it is not drug importation, and it is not Medicare. The matter at hand is about creating more affordable health insurance options for small business, and it is an issue that I think can be covered this week or a very small part of next week.
As a manager of this bill, I am willing to entertain any germane amendments. With the consent of my colleagues, I will even go further than that. I will consider relevant amendments. But stem cell research is not relevant to this bill. Drug importation is not relevant to this bill. Medicare is not relevant to this bill. What is relevant to this bill is amendments that address the 27 million Americans without health insurance who work for or depend on small businesses.
If my colleagues have amendments like that, Senator Nelson and I are more than willing to discuss them. Let's focus on the matter at hand. Let's take a meaningful step forward to give America's small business owners and working families more affordable health care.
In regard to some of the comments that have been made, as an accountant, I do remind my colleagues that this is not a case of subtraction. This insurance plan is addition. It will be bringing in newly insured people. When you go to the dry cleaners tonight to pick up your laundry, can you look that person in the eye and say: I don't think you deserve health insurance because you might not demand enough for yourself, so I saved you from yourself? Can you look them in the eye and say to the mom and pop running the business down the street from your home: You don't deserve health insurance either; you don't have it now, we're not going to make it more affordable for you; too bad, we had other things we wanted to discuss?
As you go home today, after you leave the Hill, think about the people around you, the regular people--the cab driver, the worker at the dry cleaner, the person in your neighborhood restaurant, all those people you may not notice who really make the world operate. Many of them don't have any insurance. Some may even own a little business just around the corner, be the owners of it, and still not be able to have insurance.
I am not talking about deluxe insurance, I am talking about any insurance. We are not talking about the employees at the big hotel chains or the big chain restaurants. We are not talking about the employees at Wal-Mart. We already said to them: You can form whatever benefits package you want. You don't have to answer to any State. You don't even have to have review or oversight by insurance commissioners. You don't have to meet any State requirements. We already said that to big business, and big business has done that. They haven't left out critical things. They said: Let's see, this is a competitive market. We have to be competitive. We want to have employees. And you know what. I think they included almost everything that has been talked about here. They did it because they wanted to compete.
Small business isn't any different. They need good employees. They want good employees. They know that if they are going to have good employees they have to do as much as they can afford.
Oh, yes, and when they are doing that, they can also pick up some insurance for themselves, and what they do for themselves, they do for their employees. We hear the estimates of how much this will or will not save. I would like to make a couple of comments on that. We have already seen that the big businesses, instead of paying 35 percent in administrative costs--35 percent--remember, each 1 percent of insurance costs drives 200,000 to 300,000 people out of the market. We are talking about 35 percent administrative costs. But those big businesses that we gave permission to do whatever they wanted to, theirs runs about 8 percent. Do you think they would be more competitive than the small businesses? What keeps the small businesses in business is their flexibility and how much less they make.
So I am not talking about deluxe insurance; I am talking about any insurance. Did you know that in several States there is only deluxe insurance? Did you know that in some States there may only be one insurance provider? Others have been driven out of the market. No, it hasn't been the competition that has driven them out; it could be well- meaning legislators wanting to make sure that everybody has everything they need.
There is a lot with our bodies that we ought to be doing on a regular basis. We ought to be taking care of our body like we take care of our car--well, maybe not like we take care of our car. But the way we usually take care of our body is similar to a rental car. We drive it until something goes wrong and then we take it into the shop. But there are regular services that we ought to provide for our own bodies, and we can do that.
The big companies get to do that tax deductible. It would be nice if the small businesses were able to do that tax deductible as well, and we can get into several of those issues later. We do have a plan here. We are willing to make modifications to it. We are willing to take relevant amendments. We do want to be sure that we get a vote on this bill, if we vote on an alternative measure. I think that is fair.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I would like a chance to answer the 45 minutes of accusations that were made about my bill and also bring up a few things about the Durbin-Lincoln bill that I have not had a chance to talk about yet, but could I inquire how long the Senator from Massachusetts will speak?
I almost hate to break the continuity of the debate when we are talking about some very specific things.
Probably about as long as it took Senator Durbin to cover the fallacies and to boost his bill. I ask that I be the next to speaker after the Senator.
That went a little longer than I anticipated. I have now listened for an hour and 25 minutes to the other side. I ask unanimous consent that our side have that kind of an opportunity.
I have an office that is kind of interesting. It is Phil Gramm's old office. He retired from the Senate after several years of mentoring a number of us and was a real force around here. Occasionally, when I am sitting in my office, some phrases will come by that he used. I grab them and I put them in a jar. I figure I will never have an opportunity to use them. But I think today I will pick out of the jar again. He said: When the Democrats talk about health care, they want national health care. The ship of health, they do not care who steers it, as long as it wrecks, and we can have national health care. That is a little bit about what we are talking about today, that plus a combination of saying we are not going to let anybody out there have anything unless they can have everything. That would be nice. I would like for the people of this country to have better insurance than we in the Senate have. That would be my dream.
I wish we could give them better insurance than we have.
Before I came to the Senate, I had better insurance than I have now. When the Democrats say that they want to open up the Federal employee health plans to everybody, they want everybody to have the same thing we have, they don't really mean that. They can't really mean that. I am willing to bet that if we were actually opening up that same pool and letting the Federal employee insurance be used by everybody in the country, the Federal employees would say: Whoa, not on my shift. The Federal unions would say: No, not on my shift. That is a closed pool. That isn't open to everybody. If it was open to everybody, it would be a whole different range of costs. And it is subsidized.
The Democratic alternative, S. 2382, is an open, voluntary pool purchasing agreement. That kind of an arrangement has failed nearly everywhere they have been tried. There is no evidence that they would succeed if they tried it now and would succeed where others have not. Many States have tried this. It is with very little success.
It may look like the Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan, but the Federal employees plan is a closed pool that provides premium support to all eligible individuals. The Democratic alternative is an open pool that would provide a tax subsidy to some of the eligible employers. In other words, it would be apples versus oranges.
A tax subsidy? Let's see, would everybody be able to get a tax subsidy for their health? No, you only get a tax subsidy if you buy the Durbin-Lincoln health plan, a one plan fits all for the United States.
Now, there was some discussion about whether it was $78 billion or $73 billion over 10 years. Let me tell you, they have never scored it, so they have no idea what it would cost. That is what some of the separate actuaries have looked at and said it would score. The Enzi- Nelson-Burns bill would reduce costs and increase coverage, and that is according to respected actuaries. No one can say for sure what that Democratic alternative would do--whether it is tens or hundreds of billions over 10 years.
The Durbin-Lincoln proposal eliminates the ability for national plans in that bill to offer uniform benefit packages. Why is that important? The plan I have put forth--the plan that has come out of committee-- allows small businesses to work across State lines to form bigger pools so that they can negotiate effectively against the insurance companies. That is where the savings are. We talk about mandates a lot in here, but the savings come from the ability to have a uniform package so that people in adjoining States can all be bargaining for the same package and have a big enough pool to go up against the insurance companies to be sure they get a better price.
The national plan--the Durbin-Lincoln plan--would still have to meet the requirements of each and every State, even down to the specific particulars of each mandate. Did you know that there are currently 1,700 mandates in the United States? Did you know that those mandates are seldom the same from State to State? They may have the same title, but they are not the same. So how do you put together a package where you say you have to do all of them and be able to go across State boundaries to form bigger pools? You cannot. You would have to do 1,700 mandates if you wanted it to be uniform across the United States.
I need to tell you, too, that some of these mandates we are talking about are screenings. We heard about mammography over there. That is very important. I hope women get mammographies. But did you know that in Wyoming, we really emphasize at this time of year--and I will mention it because Mother's Day is coming up, and this is a huge program in Wyoming to encourage people to buy that for their mother for Mother's Day. It works well. People know exactly what they are buying and exactly how much it costs. It isn't one of many mandates that are in the package that they pay for even though they don't use it.
Somebody said that mandates only add 3 to 4 percent to the bill. No. In the State with the minimum amount in mandates, it adds 5 percent, up to Massachusetts, which adds 22 percent in mandates. Now, I am not suggesting that any of those mandates should not be done. The bill I worked on does set up the ability to have a basic plan. Would people necessarily do the basic plan? They can do the basic plan up to whatever they think is responsible coverage for the people in their association. That doesn't mean nothing; it means they can pick.
You get the impression here that if you allow a basic package, everybody in the country is going to jump on the basic package and say: I can really sock it to my employees; I don't have to provide them with anything anymore. That is not America, and that is particularly not small business America. In small business America, they know they need their employees. Of course, as somebody pointed out, sometimes the only employees are mom and pop. They would like to be insured if they could possibly afford it. So we have to find some way for them to be able to afford it. But this notion that just because there is a mandate out there, everybody will use it, and this notion that just because there is a mandate out there, if we don't require it, it will be dropped--you know, we allow big business in this country to do whatever they want. And do you know what. They provide those basic things.
Now, one of the things which has been mentioned is colorectal cancer screening. Again, the facts suggest that health plans cover important tests like this regardless of State mandate, so it is likely that small business health plans would cover them as well.
In 2004, the Government Accountability Office found that 20 States had laws mandating coverage of colorectal cancer screening tests, which are strongly recommended by the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force for people 50 years or older. Now, the GAO then surveyed 19 small employer plans in 10 of the States without laws mandating this coverage--without laws mandating that. This is an opportunity for those small businessmen, if they are the way they are accused of being here, to just drop it for everybody. Now, despite the absence of State mandates to cover colorectal cancer screening, all 19 small employer plans in those 10 States provided the benefit. Can you believe that? If you have been listening to the discussion this week, you would think they would just drop it. They didn't drop it. They said: Our employees are valuable, and we need to do whatever we can afford to to help them.
Now, how do we help them to afford it better? Let's see. If we could join up with all of the other realtors in the United States-- incidentally, the realtors are coming to town next week to their regular annual meeting. As I understand it, 9,000 of them will be here next week, coming to a national convention. Oh, how I wish they would have come 1 week earlier. They could have explained their case. But we have a whole bunch of small businesses out there that really think it is important to be able to band together and get a better deal. It works.
Part of the discussion we have heard today has gone off on some other tangents. That is one of the reasons we are talking about relevant amendments. One of them that we went off on is prescription drug Part D and how, by Monday, people need to sign up for a plan. I really appreciate the coverage we have gotten to get that word out to people across America to make that decision this week. Make it this week. Don't have a penalty because you missed the deadline.
Now, for months I have listened to the Democrats say: This is terrible; this is confusing; this doesn't work; we need to do something different; we have to make it simpler for our seniors. Let's see. Let's just have one Federal plan for them to pick from. It sounds like Phil Gramm again, doesn't it? Ship of state wreck so we can have a national opportunity.
Let me tell you what happened. I was really worried about this prescription drug plan. Wyoming has such a small population--less than 500,000--and we keep hoping we will get off that mark. So far, we have never gotten a city big enough to kind of feed on itself and grow. I said that Wyoming just doesn't have any luck attracting businesses for competition, and we probably won't have any luck on prescription drugs, so I wanted to make sure there was an underlying thing that says if nobody is interested in Wyoming, the Federal Government will take care of it. Do you know what. Wyoming got 41 plans--41 of them. Competition works.
Now, that is what causes the confusion the Democrats keep talking about on prescription drugs. They say that there are too many plans out there for people to make a logical choice. That makes it confusing for seniors. If we infuriate them, we can really get them storming. They have done a pretty good job of that.
You know, I did town meetings, and I tried to help them out. Not only were they appreciative, but a whole bunch of people already signed up and were getting far more benefits than they ever dreamed of. I said: How were you able to make such a critical decision all by yourself? They said: There is this 800 number, and all I needed was to know my prescriptions and the dose and whether I want to buy them locally or do them by mail order, and I got a list of four plans that line up, line by line, that I can make a comparison on. So I know exactly what I am buying, what it is going to cost, and I know what it will be in the long run. How difficult is that?
Oh, but the telephone isn't your only opportunity. You can also go online. There is an online spot that will do the math for you, provide this same kind of list for you to make the comparison. I did it for my mom. Quite frankly, a lot of seniors are going to need help from their kids--kids who are young like me--and they will go through the process and find out how it works. There were things I had questions about, and I got ahold of Health and Human Services and got some changes to make it easier. At first, it looked as if you were signing up before you knew what you were buying, but they changed that so you could get the evaluation first.
Did you know that competition brought down the price by 25 percent even before the first person signed up? That is what those 41 companies who were competing did. Yes, the Democrats say: Wait a minute, there is this penalty and there are a whole bunch of people who don't need any drugs now, so they should not have to sign up now. That is not how insurance works. You buy insurance in case something happens to you. This is a Federal program, so we built in a benefit so that if you had something already happen to you, you can still get low-cost insurance.
In Wyoming, there is a package you can buy for $1.87 a month and avoid all penalties. It gives you assurance that you have coverage in a number of areas. And this is something that would only happen on the Federal level, too. If you come up with something that changes your whole drug prescription thing and it goes up dramatically, every November 15 to December 30 you can change plans. You can go to somebody who will provide all of the benefits you need--the cheapest possible plan. Again, you can have Medicare do the math for you.
So one-size-fits-all doesn't bring prices down. Competition brings prices down. I know that the dream of every person is not to have to sit down with every insurance agent and try to work out something or even understand what their package is. That is where the confusion in the Medicare prescription plan comes in--that possibility of having to sit down with 41 different insurance agents. How many evenings will that take you? There has to be simplification. The simplification we provide in the bill I have been talking about is the ability for your association to work across State lines, build a big pool that is competitive, and to be able to sit down and talk to all of those insurance agents so you can come up with the best possible plan for your association and to save administrative costs.
I am not talking about eliminating the mandate to save the 5 percent to 22 percent--although when they are doing those, they don't only use 25 percent of them, so maybe there is some consideration there. I am not worried about that part. That is not where the savings come in. The savings come in being able to negotiate in a competitive way and reduce administrative costs. Right now, a small businessman pays 35 percent in administrative costs. Big companies that do their own plans pay 8 percent. That is a pretty nice savings, especially if every 1 percent in costs brings 200,000 to 300,000 more people into the market. Let's find a way to bring them into the market. So 35 percent minus 8 percent is a 27-percent savings. Multiply that by 200,000 and see how many people it brings into the market.
We have small businessmen out there--22 million of them--who work in small businesses who are uninsured. That is counting the owners and the employees in the small businesses. We have another 5 million who are self-employed who are uninsured. That is 27 million people in whose lives we can make a difference because they can work through their associations to get better prices--not by eliminating mandates. They want those for their employees. They need those for their employees, to keep their employees; otherwise, they move on to bigger companies. Employees are the heart of the business, and small businessmen realize that more than big businessmen.
But there is another reason the Durbin bill won't work. He has taken away the ability of plans to form these uniform benefits on a national basis, like the national Federal employees plans can do.
So there is not going to be this national pooling because they are not going to be allowed to do what our Federal Employees Health Benefits Plan does because there would not be any insurers who would want to offer a national plan without the same freedom from State mandates that exists for national plans under--get this--the national plans under FEHBP, what we are proposing and what is referred to as the Enzi bill. I like to think about it as the small working peoples bill.
This bill would just create 50 State pools, no true national pools, and all of the 50 State pools will have all the other problems we cited. The Enzi-Nelson-Burns bill trusts small business owners to band together to negotiate for good benefits, while the Democratic alternative gives small business no say in the matter.
They say: The Federal Government is right again; we are going to do what the Federal Government does; oh, but we can't do what the Federal Government does or anything like what the Federal Government does, but that is what you have to settle for.
The Democratic alternative will create a new insurance pool that will operate under a different set of rules which creates the same opportunity for cherry-picking which is adverse selection that Democrats claim the House bill creates. You have to look because the Enzi-Nelson-Burns bill solves that. It solves that cherry-picking. It levels the playing field. It doesn't just grab the best customers from the insurance companies and move them over into the health plans. It allows the insurance companies to compete and also to reinsure, but they have to work with a bigger group.
The Democratic alternative sets up a dual Federal-State regulatory structure that would create confusion for consumers and participating insurers. I will probably cover that a little bit more later. I made a lot of notes on points I ought to cover.
There is one very important one. We were talking about childcare a while ago, and everybody considers childcare to be extremely important. We talked about newborn care. I think everybody considers newborn care to be extremely important. When they talk about eliminating mandates, they like to expand that well beyond what the bill ever allows.
There are requirements in States for who are covered persons. This doesn't change that one bit. Newborns who are covered are not touched-- not now, not ever, no intention to do that. So if they are covered now, they will be covered then. It is the law.
I have several other people who would like to use a portion of this time that I just reserved a while ago. I yield time to Senator Burns who has been very patient. I yield Senator Burns 15 minutes.
Mr. President, I thank the Senator from Montana. I thank him for all of the work he went through during the past year as we talked with the insurance companies sitting down with us and the insurance commissioners sitting down with us, trying to work out a plan. I appreciate the efforts of those two groups and all of the associations, and I will talk about those a little bit later.
At this time I yield 15 minutes to the Senator from Texas, Mr. Cornyn.
Mr. President, I do have several things I need to cover. I think I have another speaker or two on their way down. People are talking about being able to offer amendments. They can offer amendments. We want to have discussion, debate; we want to cover objections, answers, proposals on this bill, and we are willing to do anything that is relevant.
There has been a lot of talk about needing to talk about drug reimportation. That is important--at least a 3-week topic. Prescription drugs, that one best wait until after Monday until we see what the exact problem is before we do it. And stem cells, that is probably another 3-week debate.
It took us a year to be able to get this one to the floor so we could talk about small business health plans.
I need to make some comments in regard to a couple of the letters that were read earlier because I am aghast at what was in the letter. The American Cancer Society, as part of that, said: No matter what is done to the Enzi bill, don't vote for it.
That means that should we have an amendment that does everything that is done across the United States for cancer at the present time, they are still urging people to vote against it? It is a little early to say that. It is a little early to say there are not going to be any changes because we will have votes. It may require cloture in order to stay with germane ones instead of the ones that I mentioned and also to make sure--I want to have a vote on the Durbin-Lincoln bill. But I want to have a vote on my bill as well. I think we both ought to have them.
If we release the Durbin-Lincoln one for a vote now, then they can put all kinds of blockages on there so I can't ever get to a vote. And the only vote that we will have had will have been theirs.
We are trying to have some fairness, and so far we have not been able to get to that point.
Another one was the diabetes letter. Again, it said: No matter what you do to the Enzi bill, vote against it. That means, if we instituted every single thing that is being done for diabetes in any State in the Nation, they are still suggesting that they will vote against the bill? Wow. I mean, I have never run into anything such as that.
We looked at the diabetes thing and we said: How do we do this? Because out of the States that do it, there are no two that do it alike, so how do we get these agreements across State lines so they can pool into bigger pools and be able to negotiate against the insurance company so they can bring down rates through negotiation and they can bring down rates by eliminating administrative costs? We are not talking about bringing down rates by eliminating mandates. We are allowing
them to have some flexibility in the mandates so they can come up with a common package, and I am sure that it would include that, just as I did the thing on colorectal cancer. All 19 places that they have been allowed to do that, they included that, even though it wasn't a mandate. They were excluded from that.
I also wanted to put into the Record an editorial from the Arkansas Democrat Gazette. It was in the ``Opinion'' section. It says:
Ever face a really tough decision like where to attend
college, or whether to take that new job, or should you go
with the lasagna or the meatloaf for lunch? So you get out
the yellow legal pad and make a list of the pros and cons,
right? Well, maybe not for the meatloaf vs. lasagna bit. Some
things are a simple gut decision.
But it helps to compare and contrast. And it sure helped to
compare and contrast the two bills now floating around the
U.S. Senate to make it easier for small businesses to offer
health-insurance to their employees. One bill is co-sponsored
by Arkansas' senior Senator, Blanche Lincoln.
You could find the comparison on page 2A of Wednesday's
paper. There was Senate Bill 1955 (sponsored by Mike Enzi of
Wyoming) on one side, and Senate Bill 2510 (Blanche's bill)
on the other.
Both sounded fairly similar.
Both promised to make it simpler for businesses to band
together and buy cheaper health insurance.
Both promised to save businesses money and cover more
folks.
Then we got down to the bottom, to the very latest, biggest
question, and, boyohboy, talk about a pro and a con.
The question: What would it cost the Federal Government?
The answers: Nothing for the Enzi Bill.
For the Blanche bill, oh, somewhere in the ritzy
neighborhood of between $50 billion and $73 billion over 10
years.
When an estimate for new government spending has a margin
of error of some twenty-three billion dollars, you know that
new program is just gonna bleed money.
What's worse, or at least as bad, is that Senator Lincoln's
bill creates a national health program that'll be under the
administration of the federal Office of Personnel Management.
Translation: We the American Taxpayers will be in charge of
the care and feeding of yet another bloated bureaucracy.
Why? Why do we need another federal program under federal
so-called management adhering not just to federal rules and
regs but all the state rules and regs, too? (It gives us a
headache just thinking about filling out those insurance
forms.)
We suppose it's because some politicians, who may have the
best intentions in the world, can't imagine a health plan
that doesn't have the government deciding what should and
should not be offered at every single bureaucratic level.
Thank goodness that isn't required of private employer plans.
Can you imagine the red tape? Perish the pencil-pushing
thought.
Senator Enzi's proposal, unfortunately entitled the Health
Insurance Marketplace Modernization and Affordability Act,
takes a freer-market approach. His bill would let small
businesses band together and get better deals on health
insurance through trade associations.
Now for the devilish detail: Senator Enzi's bill would be
regulated by the feds but largely exempt from individual
state mandates. The better to offer these plans nationwide
and keep costs down.
Remember, the idea is to help small business, not burden
them with more state regulations.
Besides, it's nothing new. Major companies like General
Motors long have been granted exemptions from state laws
regulating insurance--it's called an ERISA exemption, because
they have employees all over the country. They couldn't very
well insure their employees from sea to shining sea while
abiding by every queer detail of every law in every state.
Especially when employees move or get transferred and want to
keep their insurance.
But won't the absence of state regulations lower standards?
Not if the small businesses offering the insurance want to
keep their employees. It's in businesses' interest to have
good health insurance for their workers, or their workers
will go somewhere else. It's how the free market works.
Think of these small-biz health plans like charter schools.
They'd be free of, to quote Senator Enzi, ``the current
hodgepodge of varying state regulation.'' That way, small
businesses across the country can band together and negotiate
group health insurance on their terms. Which would be more
affordable for the businesses, the employees and, unlike the
Blanche bill, the taxpayers.
If we gotta have a federally regulated Small Business
Health Plan, we sure don't need one as costly as Blanche
Lincoln's. And, yes, we gotta have a Small Business, etc.
Because what we've got now isn't working.
Look at the numbers: Of the more than 45 million uninsured
Americans, 60 percent are employed by small businesses or are
in some way dependent on those businesses. But it's getting
harder for a small business to offer health plans because
insurance premiums cost so much these days. Since 2000, the
cost of health-care premiums for employers has gone up almost
60 percent, including some 11 percent in 2004 alone.
Pass the Enzi Bill and, according to a study by a Milwaukee
consulting firm, small businesses would save 12 percent on
health insurance premiums. Even more important, some 900,000
uninsured folks would finally get coverage.
Hey, sounds like a plan. Blanche Lincoln's bill, meanwhile,
sounds like an expensive, bureaucratic pain in the
pocketbook.
I would like to have you see the small business organizations that are supporting the Enzi-Nelson bill. There are a couple of hundred of them here--12 million employers, 80 million workers.
I would like for you to see the small business organizations that are supporting the Durbin-Lincoln bill. Oh, there are two. OK.
I want to share a letter from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners as well. They are writing in response to our May 2 request for a review of S. 2510 Small Employers Health Benefits Program sponsored by Senators Durbin and Lincoln.
I ask unanimous consent the letter be printed in the Record.
The experts on S. 2510, the Durbin bill, from the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, write:
S. 2510 creates an unlevel playing field . . . could create
an unworkable market in some states. . . . Few carriers would
want to participate in this program. . . .
Again, people can read the entire letter, and I am sure they will find that very enlightening. There is a lot more detail there.
Last, I ask unanimous consent to have a letter from the National Association of Health Underwriters printed in the Record.
Again, it is a much more extensive letter. I hope people will take the time to read the Record, but it is from the National Association of Health Underwriters. These are the experts on health insurance. They look at this stuff all the time.
It says:
``2510 creates the worst kind of unlevel playing field;''
``the cost of coverage would be predictably high;'' ``an
increased number of people being priced out of coverage;''
and, ``Bottom line: More rather than fewer people would be
uninsured.''
That is the National Association of Health Underwriters.
I wish to have some time to go over the good comments, too. But I have been joined on the floor by the majority whip. I will relinquish a few minutes for him to say a few words.
Mr. President, I thank Senator McConnell. I appreciate all of his effort and help. I appreciate the Senator bringing up Senator Talent. I need to mention Senator Snowe as well. They were the original sponsors of associated health plans on this side. They asked for a hearing. We held a hearing. After the hearing, people on my committee were saying, Golly, this is a problem for small business. What can we do to solve it?
It was also obvious from the discussion that there were some difficulties with the true AHP approach which we modified in the meantime. That is how we got to the position we are now in.
Mr. President, I don't have any idea. I spent a lot of hours and my staff people spent a lot more hours. Senator Nelson's staff and Senator Burns' staff worked on this for so long that I actually thought maybe their staff people worked for me, too.
I was pleased spending days on end and sitting down, understanding all of the parts of this and getting it to work.
Another important part of this, Senator Durbin asked me to talk to him about his plan. I made an appointment that same day and met with Senator Durbin and Senator Lincoln. We tried to work some of the principles which they had into this format. Eventually, we were kind of invited to leave by staff. We need to resolve more of that.
I thank the Senator.
Mr. President, as an accountant I have to remind people that this bill is not a case of subtraction. This insurance plan is an addition. It will bring additional insurance to people. There are 27 million people out there who are uninsured. This will bring a number of them into the market. It will also allow people who are already insured to increase the amount of insurance which they have because they will be able to save some dollars. I am sure they will put that back into insurance and into more benefits for people. So it is an addition, not a subtraction, and it will bring in newly insured people.
One of the things I ask people is, when you go to the dry cleaners tonight to pick up your laundry, can you look that person in the eye and say, I don't think you deserve health insurance because you might not demand enough for yourself? So I am going to save you from yourself. Can you say to the mom and pop who are running the business down the street from your home, You don't deserve health insurance?
As you go home today, as you leave the Hill, think about the people around you, the regular people, the cab driver, the worker at the dry cleaner, the person at the neighborhood restaurant, all of those people who often you may not notice, the real people who make the world operate. Many of them do not have any insurance. Some may even own the little business around the corner and still are not able to have insurance. We always assume that if people own a business, they make a lot of money. There are times that the employees make a lot more than the owner of the business. They always have to pay themselves last.
As Senator Burns said, when he was in business he provided health care to his employees, but he couldn't afford it for himself and his wife. But you do that to keep employees. I am not talking about deluxe insurance, I am talking about any insurance.
When people get the kinds of screenings that they would like to have, or even get the screenings they would like to have, and then find out there is a problem, if they don't have any insurance, they can't get anything done unless they pay for it.
We are not talking about the employees at the big chain hotels or the big chain restaurants. We are not even talking about the employees at Wal-Mart. We already said to them you can form whatever kind of benefit package you want. You do not have to answer to any State. You don't have to have review or oversight by the insurance commissioners.
Those are all things we provide for in our bill. You don't have to meet any State requirement. So instead of 35-percent administrative costs, you only pay 8-percent administrative costs. I am not talking about deluxe insurance, I am talking about any insurance.
Right now in several States, there is only deluxe insurance. Did you know that in some States there may be only one insurance provider because others have been driven out of the market?
I hope people will take a close look at this bill. I hope the other side will offer some amendments which are relevant to this bill and let us work through the bill. I hope, if the only way we can maintain germaneness is through cloture, that they will join in cloture because there are thousands of businesses out there that need insurance. They need hope. They want to ensure their employees. Think about that--27 million uninsured.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, one of the difficulties around here is the process we have to use. Another one is that nobody listens to anybody's debate. We have covered this in some detail earlier today, that relevant amendments would be accepted. The Durbin-Lincoln bill ought to be voted on. But it should not be voted on and then S. 1955 precluded from getting a vote. That is one of the possibilities in the organization and the rules that we have around here, that we could wind up voting on that one and skipping the vote on S. 1955 and saying: Look, all these people voted against that; that means they don't like health care for small business. But they wouldn't have gotten to vote for the one that they might have liked.
I went through a number of the reasons why S. 2510 has some problems. I object to people saying we ought to give everybody the same health care the Senators have. We ought to give them better health care than the Senators have. The only problem is we can't do either of those things. The bill that is on the floor by Durbin-Lincoln doesn't do either of those things. It is a different plan that uses kind of the same structure so we build the same kind of bureaucracy, except a lot bigger bureaucracy to handle all the people in America, and it limits all of the pools to each State because they will have to meet all of the mandates of each of those States instead of what we have in the Federal plan which is a national level of mandates.
We have our own level of mandates. We don't go by what the States do. But that is not what is in that bill. In that bill they would still have to go State by State, and if you go State by State, you can't form the kinds of pools that we need to be able to have the clout to negotiate a better price and to bring around the administration.
People say you want to get rid of mandates so that will save money. No. Every experiment, every minilab that has happened out there where small business people have been given the opportunity to band together and to do something, they have covered those mandates. They didn't give those mandates up.
How do you save money with this thing? Small businesses pay 35 percent for their administration. Big business, which we already excluded from all mandates, we excluded them from Federal control, we excluded them from State oversight and consumer protection, which is in my bill--it still has the State oversight and consumer protection in there--we gave the big businesses the wave on all of those things. They still kept the mandates. But where they saved the money is in administration. It costs them 8 percent to administer their plans. So 35 percent minus 8 percent means they save 27 percent over what a small businessman will do. And every 1 percent we can save on insurance brings 200,000 to 300,00 people back into the market.
That is why we want to have associations to be able to offer plans under State consumer protection, under the insurance commissioner's oversight.
But with some kind of a blended plan, they can cross State lines and have a uniform package, and they can have a big enough group so they can negotiate. That is what 1955 is about. We need to have a vote on that as well.
As far as mandates, Senator Snowe is putting in a bill that will cover those basic things people are talking about.
The letter that the Senator read from--the American Diabetes Association--I talked about that a little bit earlier today. One of the difficulties we had in trying to do something with diabetes is that 42 States--it may even be 47 States--are doing something with diabetes, but no two do it alike.
Again, how do you blend across State boundaries unless you can get some kind of basic package? I know they will cover diabetes. Under the Snowe amendment, they will for sure.
The distressing part of their letter was, no matter what changes are made to the Enzi bill, defeat it. That is not a very reasonable approach by any disease group. That means that if I have an amendment that said find out everything that is done for diabetes and do everything for diabetes that is done anywhere, they would still be suggesting voting against my bill. I don't think that is a reasonable approach by any group.
The American Cancer Society wrote pretty much the same letter and said pretty much the same thing.
We are not trying to subtract, we are trying to add. We want people who are uninsured to come into the market, and we want people who already have insurance to be able to get more and better insurance for the same dollar. That is what employers are able to afford. We are trying to come up with a system such as that.
The only thing about filling the tree--which I agree with the Senator is gobbledygook--the only thing with that is to stick to small business health insurance.
There are another dozen things on insurance and health care that we ought to be debating. Each of them would take about 3 weeks to debate. At this point in the season, we are not going to get 3 weeks to debate anything. I am lucky to put together a few days to be able to talk about this. I hope to make more progress on that.
I have been working hard with everybody to try to come up with some kind of mechanism that will work. That is where we are on the bill. If we could do the things that are relevant to this, or also germane after cloture, then we could stay on the bill a little longer and keep working on it. If we don't get cloture, we are probably done with this discussion for the whole year. That will probably be the end of health care for the year. People have to keep that in mind when they are voting on cloture.
Even individual mandates can be brought up one at a time and put into the thing, or at least be voted on. The desire is not to keep votes from happening but to stick to small business health plans.
These folks have been asking us for 15 years for a change and some way to handle it. They have been encouraged several times because eight times the House has passed the association health plan. That was very exciting for them. They said I think we can get it. It never made it out of committee on the Senate side because there are some problems with the basic plan that the House passed.
When I got this chairmanship, I said we are going to do something to change this. We are going to find out what the objections are and see if there isn't a way to get something done that will get relief for the small businessman. The insurance companies were convinced that we were going to do something, so they sat down with me. The insurance commissioners had concerns, and they have always been one of the stakeholders. They sat down with me, and they had their representatives sit down with us days on end to work on some kind of a compromise. This is one.
Nobody is raving about it except the small businesses because they see it as an answer--not the final answer, not the total answer, but an answer--that moves closer to what they can afford to do. Again, it isn't by cutting mandates.
Yes.
Not quite.
Even during the course of today and any other debate we have on this bill, we have said if there is a relevant amendment, we would consider taking that up and voting on it. One exception we have on that is the difficulty with Durbin-Lincoln. If we vote on that, that might be the only vote we ever get because the other side can block any further votes from happening because you would have to have unanimous consent to have a vote. So we would be blocked from ever having a vote on our bill.
No, I wasn't suggesting that S. 2510 would pass. I was saying that a lot of Democrats would vote for it and it would fail. Then there will be no further votes on it. You folks could all say we voted for small business and the Republicans didn't vote for small business. It would be because the Republicans wanted S. 1955 with a few amendments which can be offered by both sides. That would happen postcloture. The only thing that happens postcloture is amendments have to be germane. That means they actually would have to apply to the bill. The Durbin-Lincoln bill is germane. Many of the things people talked about would be germane. What wouldn't be germane are some of the long-term debates and things people would like to do, namely the stem cell debate which we are going to have a debate on. They promised a vote on it. We don't know how much debate there would be with that; prescription drugs, Part D, and those would not be germane to the bill. Each of those would take about 3 weeks to debate.
The Senator certainly is not the only one. I would love to have a lot of time. We have had a lot of bills that came out of committee already that could be brought up. We have some more that are going to come out next Tuesday. A lot of those I think would pass here by unanimous consent. I would love to have some agreement. The Senator knows how hard it is to get 1 week around here. We spent 3 days getting cloture to proceed. That is to proceed; that wasn't to actually do any votes on the bill. So we were offered the moment, but between the two sides we didn't get the moment.
It was 98 to 2.
If there was no problem with it, why did we have to wait 3 days to get the vote?
I am talking about time limits and that sort of thing. Those requests were made between leaders to come up with some tight time agreements. It is beyond my pay grade.
There were a lot negotiations to try to stick to small business and have some kind of a mechanism where the votes from both sides could be done. But there was not any agreement on that, so we are stuck in this kind of a situation where small business may be penalized once again.
If we get cloture, we could have a lot of debate on the small business stuff, not all of other ones. If we could get in a situation where we started doing these things a little quicker, with more time agreements, some of the more difficult ones could probably get some floor time. I am for that.
I am with the Senator.
Yes, it would be nice if we could wrap up something for small business. I think there is a plan there. I think there is a way to get there. I don't think it is going to happen without the cooperation of both sides in either coming to some time agreements or passing cloture.
We will have to wait and see what happens. I would wait until the end of next week to have a vote on either of them as long as we can do amendments. And I am excited about doing amendments. There are always perfecting things. No bill is perfect when we finish it. Even after conference it is never perfect. But it is usually much better than when we started. We need to have that process.
I thank everyone for their participation today.
Will the majority leader yield for a question? I ask the majority leader to clarify something in his remarks. He referred to amendments as ``Christmas tree amendments.'' There is one amendment on…
Will the majority leader yield for a question?
I ask the majority leader to clarify something in his remarks. He referred to amendments as ``Christmas tree amendments.'' There is one amendment on this side of the aisle that he supports on stem cell research. If this is Health Care Week, it would seem that this is a related issue. Does the majority leader characterize that amendment as a ``Christmas tree amendment''?
Mr. President, let me say at the outset that I salute Senator Enzi from Wyoming. He has shown extraordinary leadership and political courage to bring this issue to the floor. The last time we had a serious conversation about health care for American families and businesses was in that one brief shining moment when the Democrats were in control and brought the Patients' Bill of Rights to the floor; otherwise, during the time that I have served in the Senate, we have run away from this issue. I salute Senator Enzi. Although I disagree with his bill, and I will explain why, I admire his political courage and vision to report a bill from his committee and bring the issue to the floor. I have said that before the press, I have said it at home, and I want to say it on the floor on the Record. Although we may disagree on approach, I respect him very much for being willing to bring this complex and politically controversial issue to the floor.
I think if you put it up for a vote as to when a week ends in America, we might not reach a consensus. There are some people who would argue: Why, a week ends on Friday night. That is the end of the week. Others say: No, a week ends on Sunday night. But what we have found is that Health Care Week in the Senate ends at 2:30 on Wednesday afternoon because that is when the Republican majority leader came to the floor and filled the tree, which means closed down amendments on the health care debate.
The Republican majority leader felt there were only two issues relevant to health care in America. The first was the issue of medical malpractice and preempting the States that traditionally regulate medical malpractice. For I believe the fourth time, Senator Frist offered the medical malpractice bills at the beginning of the week, and they failed again, this time failing to even attract a majority of the Senators supporting either bill that he brought. Then the Senator moved to the health care issue before us: small business health insurance. Then the majority leader came today, having given us all of about a day and a half to consider this issue, and said that is the end of the story. No more amendments. We are not going to consider any other health care amendments in the bill before us. We are closing down the Senate when it comes to health care issues.
That is interesting because what the Republicans have done is to close down debate on stem cell research. Senator Frist came to the floor and said: We don't want Christmas tree amendments. Christmas tree amendments--stem cell research. I don't know if Senator Frist has been back in his State. I have. They have roundtable discussions about stem cell research. They sit at a table surrounded by men and women who have their hopes pinned on medical research, those who are suffering from juvenile diabetes and the serious problems that come with it--a mother who gets up several times during the course of the night to wake her young daughter and to test her blood to see if she needs insulin, if she needs to eat something; another family with a young man with Lou Gehrig's disease who has reached the point now where he cannot communicate. All he can do is sit in his wheelchair, this young man in his 20s, with tears rolling down his face, as his mother says: Senator, please, please do something about stem cell research. It may not save him, but it may save someone else. Parkinson's disease--to have my colleague and closest friend in Congress, Lane Evans, a young man stricken with Parkinson's, forced to end his congressional career, who had the strength to come to the floor last year in the House and beg for stem cell research and others suffering from Parkinson's and spinal cord injuries. Think of those people whose lives have been compromised and slowed down because of these injuries. All they want is a chance for a vote on stem cell research.
This President has prohibited stem cell research beyond a single line of available stem cells and has virtually closed it down as a Federal undertaking. We have decided, as a matter of Federal policy, that we will not do this research. We have been asking for over a year for a vote on the floor of the Senate on stem cell research. We were heartened when the Senate majority leader, Senator Frist, came to the floor in July of last year and said: I may be switching my position, he said, but I am going to support stem cell research. It meant so much because we respect him, a heart transplant surgeon, a man with his medical credentials, to break from the President on this issue, on stem cell research and say he would join us in the fight. But how disheartening to hear today as the Senator from Wyoming and the Senator from Tennessee refer to debate on stem cell research as not relevant to health care. Not relevant. It may not be relevant to their lives, but it is relevant to the lives of thousands of Americans.
We in the Senate know what is at stake. If we don't bring this matter up for a vote this week on stem cell research, the chances of seeing the bill before the end of the year are slim to none. When we think of all of the families counting on us to step up for stem cell research, I want to ask you, Mr. President, isn't this worth a fight? Isn't this worth a fight on the floor of the Senate, to make sure that we get a vote this week on stem cell research, for the people who are counting on us, whose lives are compromised and broken because of disease and illness? Isn't this worth a fight in Health Care Week? Obviously, not on the other side of the aisle. They have declared stem cell research not relevant to Health Care Week.
And what else? They have decided that Medicare prescription Part D is not an important part of Health Care Week. Medicare prescription Part D, where some 9 million Americans in 5 days, if they don't sign up for this program, will face a lifetime penalty. Medicare prescription Part D is a program written by pharmaceutical companies and insurance companies, a program which has been one of the worst that has ever been dreamed up on Capitol Hill. When we want to take a few moments to fix some basics and take the penalty off seniors, the Republican leadership says, now, wait a minute. That is not relevant to a Health Care Week debate. Prescription drugs for 9 million seniors, that is not relevant to a health care debate.
Of course, we have heard Senator Dorgan of North Dakota repeatedly
asking for the opportunity to reimport drugs into the United States so that people have a fighting chance to pay for the drugs that keep them alive. He has been stopped by the Bush administration. He has fought for this opportunity to bring this issue to the floor time and again and insists on it this week in Health Care Week, and the Republican leadership has said, affordable prescription drugs coming in from foreign countries is not relevant to Health Care Week.
So, Mr. President, I think you can understand why many of us come to the floor at this point disappointed. First, we were encouraged by Senator Enzi's decision to bring this matter forward, and then when Senator Frist said we are going to make it not just the Enzi bill, it will be Health Care Week, we finally said: Here is our chance, a chance for all of the people who have been waiting on us and who have been counting on us. Well, that chance was snuffed out at 2:30 this afternoon with Senator Frist's procedural motion. Health Care Week turned out to be too good to be true.
It is interesting as well when we consider the basic underlying issue of health insurance. Do you know what the two competing issues are on health insurance? It is very basic. I don't have to explain it to my colleagues in the Senate, and I will tell you why. The proposal that I and Senator Blanche Lincoln have brought to the floor of the Senate to make available to every business across America is exactly the same health insurance that Members of Congress have. If it is good enough for Members of Congress, we think it is good enough for American families. But I listen as Senator Enzi and Republicans stand up and talk about what a terrible idea this would be, to offer to every American the same kind of health insurance that Members of Congress and Federal employees have. Well, if it is so bad, I wonder how many of them have decided not to sign up for it themselves. My guess is they have all signed up for it.
Do you know why it is so good? It is not a government plan. It is a plan administered by the Government at less than 1 percent administrative cost that offers private insurance plans to Federal employees and their families, retirees, and Members of Congress. Private insurance offered by the Government. It is so good that it has worked for 40 years.
Now we have the Republicans coming to the floor, Senator Enzi and others, saying what a terrible idea this is, the same health insurance that protects the Senator arguing against it. You have to ask yourself why, if it is so good for us, can't we offer it to American families? Instead, Senator Enzi has come forward with a plan which makes dramatic changes, not to the health insurance we might offer to the uninsured but in reducing protection, reducing coverage, and increasing costs for people who are already insured. If you thought to yourself for a moment, that is an interesting debate on health insurance, but I am not worried about it, I already have my plan, think twice, because the Enzi bill which he brings before us is going to make your health care less valuable, less protection, and more cost. That is the Enzi plan. That is unnecessary and unfair.
Let me tell you what two organizations have to say about Senator Enzi's proposal, his health insurance plan. You might expect I am going to read something that has some political ring to it. Who is this organization that Senator Durbin is quoting? They must have some political agenda. I would like to quote from a letter, dated May 10-- today--from the American Cancer Society. The American Cancer Society is hardly a political organization. How do they describe the Enzi bill before us?
It is our view that the basic construct of this legislation
is fatally flawed and therefore, we ask you to oppose it,
regardless of the amendment process on the Senate floor.
Consumers will be at the risk of losing important cancer-
related protections such as guaranteed insurance coverage of
colorectal cancer screening and clinical trial participation.
They go on to say:
It is our view that the Enzi bill will not result in
increased access to quality care for most people.
That is from the American Cancer Society.
Now let me go to another letter, and you decide whether this is a political organization. It is the American Diabetes Association. The American Diabetes Association believes that:
The proposed approach in the Enzi bill is fundamentally
flawed and must be opposed in all forms in order to protect
your constituents with diabetes. Any preemption or weakening
of State laws is a major threat to the well-being and lives
of people with diabetes and should not be acceptable to the
Senate.
And listen to these statistics: Every 24 hours, 4,100 people in America are diagnosed with diabetes--4,100 every 24 hours. There are 230 amputations from diabetes every day in America. There are 120 people entering end-stage kidney disease programs, and 55 people go blind every day from diabetes. We lose 613 Americans daily and 225,000 annually due to this epidemic. Diabetes continues to grow by more than 8 percent each year. And listen to this: One in three of our children will be diagnosed with diabetes in their lifetime--one in three of our children will be diagnosed with diabetes in their lifetime.
They go on to say:
. . . we cannot allow for any loss of ground in this
battle.
Signed by the chairman of the board and the chief executive officer. They say:
Accordingly, we ask you to stand with us in full opposition
to [the Enzi legislation], no matter which cosmetic changes
may be proposed on the floor.
This is a stark and clear choice for the Members of the Senate, what we offer to small businesses and Americans presently uninsured: the same quality health insurance that protects our families as Members of Congress have or we offered them a watered down health insurance program that has been rejected by the American Cancer Society, the American Diabetes Association, the American Association of Retired Persons, the AFL/CIO, AMA, the American Nurses Association--I could go on for three pages of health groups in America that reject the Enzi approach because it will reduce coverage.
We know what the problem is. It has been a long time since we have even taken up this issue. During that period of time, we have seen the number of uninsured Americans grow from 37 million in 1993 to 46 million today--46 million uninsured Americans. But this is the wrong medicine. This Enzi bill will put the insurance companies, not the doctors, in charge of health care. People will be worse off, with less protection.
Yesterday, Senator Kennedy and I went down to a press conference a few blocks from here. A beautiful young lady came up. She was from Cleveland, OH. She brought her guide dog with her and she told the story about how her diabetes, untreated, resulted in her blindness-- young, beautiful lady. She said: I didn't have coverage for it in my health insurance, and as a result my life is much different. She said: I almost died. I am lucky to be alive and thankful to be alive. But when you talk about diabetes protection, you are talking about that young woman and others who could be just like her.
Another young woman came to speak to us and told us how she was a young mother, healthy as could be, but tired from raising those three little kids. Somebody suggested to her to get a mammogram. She thought about it because she had a history of breast cancer in her family, but she said to herself: How much is it going to cost?
They said: $250.
She said: We don't have that. I need $250 for my kids.
She said to her husband: Check the health insurance and see if it covers mammograms.
Her husband called her the next day and said: You can get the test the next day for free.
This beautiful young woman went to get a mammogram and learned within 24 hours that she had the earliest stage of breast cancer. They did a lumpectomy. She went through months of chemotherapy.
She said: I lost my hair, but I got through it all and I am here and I am alive and I am safe and I am going to be a mother for these kids for a long time to come.
So when we talk about cancer screening in health insurance, I don't think that is deluxe care. I don't think that is luxury care. I don't think that is going overboard. Whether it is prostate screening, colorectal screening, or
mammograms, that is basic preventive medicine that saves lives and spares suffering and cuts the cost of health care.
Unfortunately, many of those benefits are casualties in the Enzi approach. As I travel around Illinois, health insurance is the No. 1 issue and has been for years for businesses large and small, labor unions, individuals, families, parents whose kids reach the age of 23 and they finally realize: They are not going to be under my policy. How are they going to be covered?
Between 1993 and 2003, annual premiums Americans paid for health insurance in that 10-year period increased by 79 percent. Employer contributions to their employee insurance increased by 90 percent. These premium increases make it tough for businesses to survive and offer health care protection.
Let be me give an example of one family I know, Jim and Carole Britton. They own the Express Personnel Services in my home town of Springfield, IL. They are good folks, good hard-working businesspeople. They have 24 employees. They pay 85 percent of their employees' premiums. They want to keep doing it. They really believe it is the right thing to do.
Like many small business owners they shop for a small business policy every year because premium costs keep going through the roof. They have been forced to raise the deductible to keep premiums manageable. Last year, the deductible doubled from $500 to $1,000. To save money, Jim and Carole offered a health savings account, which many on the other side of the aisle think is the salvation, a health savings account. I won't go into it in detail, but it is a perfect health insurance plan if you are wealthy and never expect to get sick. They offered it. One of their employees decided they would sign up for a health savings account. That employee now regrets the choice because his wife is pregnant and he wishes he had better, real health insurance coverage.
To those who say solving the health insurance problem is too complicated or too expensive, look beyond the obvious. We already have the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program. It has worked for 40 years for every Member of Congress and 8 million Federal workers. Small business owners and their employees deserve nothing less.
I, along with my colleague from Arkansas, Senator Blanche Lincoln, have introduced legislation to give small businesses affordable choices among private health insurance plans and expanded access to coverage. We call it the Small Employers Health Benefits Plan. We presented it to Senator Enzi. It has been a while now, a few months ago, that we said to him: Take a look at it. You know what this plan is all about. You live with it. We all live with it. We love it. It is a wonderful plan that has competition and real choice from private insurance.
We didn't convince him. I am sorry we didn't. Maybe someday we will. We will keep working on it. But let me tell you why we think it is important, why there are many advantages to the Federal employees program model. This chart spells them out.
Nationwide availability. It covers Federal employees from one coast to the other. Young and old, rich and poor, black, white, and brown, healthy and sick, every Federal employee is covered by it.
Consumer choice. There are more than 278 private insurance companies that bid for this Federal employee coverage. For these private insurance companies, they believe this is a good deal, to get in a pool of people this large.
Group purchasing discounts for small employers: In our bill, we create one nationwide purchasing pool of small employers and self- employed people, which means they can fight for premium discounts just like the Federal Government.
Low administrative costs: Do you know what it costs the Government to run the health insurance program for 8 million Federal employees? Less than 1 percent a year. Some of these plans we are talking about that private businesses have to turn to charge 25 to 30 percent administrative costs each year. You wonder why the costs go up? They are making more money, charging for administration. We don't have the administrative overhead. We use private insurance plans already there.
There is strict oversight and regulation in the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program. We know it works. We like it so much that every single one of us is protected by it.
Two economists have examined our proposal, Dr. Len Nichols of the nonpartisan New America Foundation, and Dr. John Gruber, Ph.D, from MIT. They estimate that our bill could save small businesses between 27 percent and 37 percent on health care premium costs every year, just offering to these small businesses the same health insurance deal that Members of Congress and Federal employees currently receive.
That means Jim and Carole, whom I mentioned earlier, currently offering a policy for a family of four that costs $10,000 a year and paying $8,500 of the premium, could save anywhere from $3,000 to $3,100 as employers and $400 to $500 for each employee. That is before any tax credit, which we propose in our bill, for low-wage workers.
Under our plan, premiums would not be government subsidized, but employers will receive an annual tax credit for contributions made on behalf of workers making $25,000 or less per year.
There is a big debate in this town about tax cuts. If you read the morning paper, you may have noticed the chart on the front page of the Washington Post. The new tax cut proposal from the Bush administration, when it comes to capital gains and dividend incomes, is a very generous proposal to a very small group of Americans. Let me tell you what I mean.
If you are making less than $75,000 a year, the Bush tax cut proposal, warmly embraced by the Republican majority in the House and Senate, means about $100 a year in tax breaks. There is that old $100 check they wanted to give you last week for your gas bill. Here it comes again. That is your tax cut if you are making less than $75,000.
But the same Bush Republican tax cut proposal which will come through Congress now gives to those who are making $1 million a year in income almost $42,000 in tax cuts. I don't recall receiving a single letter from a millionaire saying: Would you please give me a tax cut?
They are insistent on it. We must do this. We have to give them a break. But when Senator Lincoln and I suggest giving a tax cut to a business that offers health insurance to low-income employees: Oh, that is a terrible Federal subsidy. How could you consider doing that?
Senator Thune from South Dakota came to the floor yesterday and said it was going to cost us $78 billion over 10 years. Today he came and said it would cost $73 billion. We are gaining some ground. But the bottom line is there is no estimate in that range, anywhere near that range. My challenge to my colleagues on both sides of the aisle, if you believe in tax cuts, why wouldn't you believe in tax cuts for small businesses that provide health insurance for their employees? Isn't that closer to the American dream than a $42,000 tax cut for somebody making $1 million a year? I think it is fairly clear. Obviously they don't.
There are more than 26 million Americans making less than $25,000 a year working in small businesses; 12 million, 40 percent of them, have no health insurance. Is it valuable for America that these people who get up and go to work every day in the small shops and small businesses across our country have health insurance.
I go around Illionis and talk to all kinds of different groups-- downstate in my home area, small towns, rural areas, the big city of Chicago. Whenever I say to people: Wouldn't it be part of the American dream that every American had health insurance, it never fails to get a round of applause. That is really an aspiration and a dream which many of us share. We can't reach that dream if we insist on giving tax cuts to millionaires who aren't asking for them and don't provide a helping hand to businesses that are doing the right thing, providing health insurance to low-wage employees.
The tax credit we propose would equal 25 percent of the cost to that business for self-only policies, 30 percent for employees who are either married or single with a child, and 25 percent for family policies. So if a family of four working for Jim and Carole in Springfield make less than $25,000 a
year, there would be an additional savings of $1,874 to $2,172.
Under the Durbin-Lincoln bill, private insurance plans would compete to offer insurance to small businesses, just like they do in the Federal employees program. This chart shows the potential savings that come from the current system and what might occur under the Small Employers Health Benefit Program that Senator Lincoln and I will offer. Currently, many of these businesses, like the one I described, pay 85 percent of insurance costs, so on a $10,000 policy they are paying $8,500.
Look at how it drops for family coverage under the plan we are proposing--to $3,230 for family coverage. It shows the dramatic savings for each business and the opportunity for them to offer real health care.
A lot of people say: Are you talking about a government insurance plan? Let me show you the choices that my wife, Loretta, and I had when it came to health insurance this year as Federal employees and Members of Congress. Look at these plans: There are 13 plans that we had to choose from as Federal employees.
I will tell you what happened to one of my employees. She chose a plan 1 year, didn't like the way they treated her, and when open enrollment came the following September she dropped them and picked up another plan. What a luxury, real competition. You don't treat me right, you don't get my business next year. It is like shopping for a car and having some real choices.
Most small businesses and most Americans have no real choices, so when we come up with this plan, the Federal employees model plan, and those on the other side of the aisle dismiss it as unrealistic, unfair, deluxe, it is exactly the same health insurance coverage they are living with right now.
If it is good enough for us, why isn't it good enough for the rest of America? That is the bottom line.
All Federal employees receive a booklet every year about the choices that are available for coverage. If you want to take an expensive plan, they will take more out of your paycheck. For the basic plan they take less.
I have a lot of young people on my staff. Krista Donahue, my staffer on this issue, gets up and swims every morning. She picks her health plan. She signed up for a very cheap HMO. My wife and I, maybe not in the same physical condition, sign up for more coverage. That is our choice.
That is everyone's choice in the Senate and the House of Representatives and throughout the Federal Government.
What is wrong with giving that choice to America? Senator Enzi's plan does not give that choice to America. This bill we are proposing has been supported by many groups. It isn't just a matter of Senator Lincoln and I coming together.
Look at some of the groups that have endorsed the Lincoln-Durbin plan, or the Durbin-Lincoln plan, depending on whether you are from Arkansas or Illinois: The American Academy of Family Physicians, the American Academy of Pediatricians, the American Cancer Society, the American Medical Association, the American Osteopathic Association, the American Psychological Association, Consumers Union, Families USA, Federation of American Hospitals, International Chiropractors, March of Dimes, the National Association of Community Health Centers--the list goes on and on.
And the indication is that these men and women and groups that focus their professional lives on health care reject the Enzi approach which offers less coverage and less protection and believe, as I do, that the plan being offered to Federal employees should be offered to businesses across America.
Sadly, the Enzi plan will wipe out benefit requirements.
I will concede that what I am about to say may have changed somewhat in the managers' amendment. To his credit, as Senator Enzi has realized the weaknesses of his legislation, he has added more protection. If I am going to cite something that has been changed in the managers' amendment, I apologize and will stand corrected on the Record. But what I am about to read is based on our best knowledge of what was in the Enzi bill. Maybe it has been changed. I want to give the Senator a chance to correct me, if I misread it.
The Enzi bill will wipe out benefit requirements, including diabetes supplies, mental health coverage, cancer screening, maternity coverage, and child immunizations for 84 million Americans. That includes almost 4 million people in the State of Illinois. The number of Americans who will lose benefit protection under the Enzi plan, S. 1955, each one of these ``stick'' pictures represents 1 million Americans who will lose benefit protection. These are not people who currently have no health insurance. These are people who are gathered here and watching this and have health insurance who think they are part of this debate. Surprise. The Enzi bill has brought you into this debate. Your health insurance is about to be reduced in coverage. The things that you thought you had signed up for, the things that you had bargained for as part of your union that you believe were covered in your plan will be reduced. The coverage will be reduced by the Enzi bill.
His belief is, if we can just lower basic health insurance coverage to a lower level, we can say everybody has it. But what good is it to have health insurance if it isn't there when you need it?
That is the point he missed. If we miss the most basic things in terms of protecting Americans and then sit back and fold our arms and say: Well, we took care of that uninsured problem, sure, we took care of it until someone desperately needs health care and can't afford it because their health insurance plan doesn't cover it.
The idea behind Senator Enzi's bill is if you provide less benefits and less coverage and less protection, it should cost less. That is right. It is reasonable. But if the insurance doesn't cover your illness, if you are left exposed to paying for it out of your own packet, what are you going to do?
One of the ladies who came to our press conference yesterday is a perfect illustration. Her husband had bought a health insurance plan that he thought was a good one, one through an association. He even signed up for a chemotherapy rider on the plan because there had been a history of cancer in his family. Guess what happened. Sadly, he developed virulent lung cancer which required a lot of treatment. They went to their health insurance plan, and they said: We are glad we bought that rider.
Then, in the fine print, there was a limitation on how much they would pay. The poor man lived for years and died an agonizing death. His beautiful young wife from California was there yesterday. When he died, she was left with medical bills of $480,000.
Is that deluxe coverage--what we heard earlier--luxury coverage of health insurance? Would you want to find yourself and your family in a situation where you needed cancer therapy to survive and your plan didn't cover it?
Unfortunately, the Enzi bill moves in that direction, and it doesn't have it. All of the benefit cuts result in about 3 percent to 4 percent savings on premium costs. These are not expensive when they are spread across large populations. They are expensive when they are borne by one family. But if there are millions of people being covered, and a small percentage need it, you spread out the cost. That is what insurance is all about. It is a point that is missed in the Enzi legislation. That is not much of a savings--3 or 4 percent--when you are talking about diabetes, maternity coverage.
Maternity coverage. I know a little bit about that, being the father of three. I can tell you that one of the toughest moments in my life was as a law student--I got married in law school. Yes. We used to do that back in the old days. Loretta was pregnant. The baby came along and she had a serious health problem. We had no health insurance. We went to Children's Hospital in Washington. God bless them. They couldn't have treated us better. They finally said after a while: You are not going to be able to afford to pay this, Durbin. You either sign up for welfare, which you can do because you don't have any income, but get ready to go bankrupt. You won't be able to pay these bills. There is one choice. There is another choice you can consider. You can go to a clinic for people who are uninsured.
Sure enough. I had to leave my law school and cut a class, drive out to
Maryland, pick up my wife and our little baby girl and sit in a clinic for hours to get a doctor in rotation--never knowing who you would see and sure you would never see them again. They would ask you all the same questions. Let's go through the history again. You tell them over and over--you want to give them everything.
That is what life is like when you don't have health insurance.
When it comes to maternity care, you have to be careful. I will tell you why.
Twenty-five years ago when I was an attorney working in the Illinois State Senate, it came to our attention that there was a company selling health insurance in Illinois with maternity benefits, but when you read closely, the maternity benefits did not cover the newborn infant for the first 30 days of life. Do you know what that means? In our case, in my family's situation, a situation just like it, that sick baby dramatically in need of expensive care for the first 30 days wasn't covered. We put a provision in the Illinois State law which said you cannot offer maternity benefits saying you will pay for the delivery of a baby unless you cover that baby from the moment it is born. That is a requirement in law.
It makes sense, doesn't it? It would be wiped out as one of the State requirements under Senator Enzi's approach. You can buy maternity care. You may be on your own the first 30 days. Heaven forbid you are in a situation with a sick child--and I have been there. It is no fun at all. It took us years to pay those medical bills. We were glad to pay them, and they couldn't have been nicer waiting to be paid, but there were a lot of anxious moments when this father sat in that waiting room wondering if he would ever get to see a doctor for his little girl.
There was a study in the New England Journal of Medicine in the years after President Clinton required that the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program cover mental health benefits. I can't go to a town meeting in my State and mention mental health clinic benefits where I don't have the following occur. I can guarantee you that in any large group this will happen: I will say that health insurance ought to cover mental health benefits--and I think it should. Senator Paul Wellstone, that great champion, used to sit in that back row and stand and beg for health care to cover mental health benefits.
If you mention that at a town meeting in my State or any other State, do you know what happens when the meeting ends? Two or three people are going to wait for you. They will want to talk to you privately. It has happened time and again. They say: Senator, we have a teenage son with a serious mental health problem. We don't know where to turn. We can't get health insurance. There is no coverage for him.
Every time you mention mental health, you find that across America there are people in need of mental health benefits.
When it came to mental health benefits, it was one of the first casualties in the Enzi bill. About 42 States currently offer mental health benefits as part of their health insurance. And that State requirement would be wiped away in the Enzi bill.
Is that deluxe coverage? If you have a bipolar teenage son, a schizophrenic daughter, someone suffering from grave depression in your own household, is that deluxe and luxury coverage? I think it is basic. I think it is what we should be about in America: taking away the stigma of mental disease and offer mental health coverage.
We received letters from organizations such as the American Nurses Association--God bless them--the American Cancer Society, AARP, and the American Diabetes Association. They are all opposed to the Enzi watered-down approach.
In a letter to Congress, 41 attorneys general, including my own attorney general, Lisa Madigan, in Illinois, have publicly opposed this bill.
Another way the Bush-Enzi bill would make people worse off is that it sets Federal rules of how insurers can charge people. I will try to explain what I understand Senator Enzi just did.
Right now in America you can charge health insurance premiums based on a number of factors: Are you well? Are you sick? Are you young? Are you old? Where did you live? What is your injury?
You can be charged different health premiums depending on how you answer those questions. The disparity in health insurance premiums between well people and sick people can be 26 times as expensive for sick people as it is for well people.
There are nine States--most of them in New England, except for North Dakota and Oregon--that have community ratings, which means that everybody in the State of Massachusetts represented by my friend, Senator Kerry, is in the same pool, everybody just like the Federal employees pool. So everyone is charged the same premium, young and old, regardless of their medical history. Senator Enzi comes and says: We just want to change this slightly. We want to be able to say that you can charge five times as much for someone who is sick than someone who is well, even in States with community ratings--five times as much.
They tried that in New Hampshire a few years ago, increasing the premiums for sick people. They dropped their coverage, and 21,000 people were dropped. In a year New Hampshire dropped the plan, saying it is not a good idea. It wasn't a good idea in New Hampshire, and it is not a good idea in the Enzi bill.
That is what is being proposed. Let me show you a study. The Lewin Group, a nonpartisan actuarial firm, shows rates would rise dramatically for businesses with a higher number of older Americans or women of childbearing years.
This shows the average premiums for community-rated States, the average cost per contract. You can see this yellow line. What is happening because Senator Enzi is allowing this divergence and differing amounts of premiums to be charged, you can see a dramatic range of increase that could occur in any given State.
So there is no protection on the upside below 5 to 1. There could be a 5-to-1 difference in premiums charged the lowest rated person in the State to the highest rated person. It is a significant difference.
The Lewin study found that small businesses in strictly regulated States are currently paying the average of $7,738 per month for health insurance for their employees. Under the Enzi bill, businesses with a high number of older people or women of childbearing years would see their premiums increase to more than $20,000 a month, while companies that have a disproportionately high number of healthy, young people would see a decrease in their premiums to $3,096 a month.
Finally, the Bush-Enzi bill will not help the self-employed. Self- employed people are the worst off. They are forced to purchase insurance in the individual market which has the least amount of State oversight. The Enzi bill will take away what little protection self- employed people already have in benefit mandates, which means if you are on your own--you own your little business and looking for health insurance, and you at least know when you are offered a policy it has to provide the basic coverage that your State requires--Senator Enzi wipes that away. It will not give self-employed people a way to pool with larger businesses.
The Enzi bill prohibits self-employed people from being pooled with larger businesses, so they miss out on the discounts of the larger groups. Right now, we believe the realtors who are pushing the Enzi bill ought to step back and take a close look at that provision and ask themselves what percentage of the membership of realtors across America is self-employed. The coverage and protection is not there for you. This may sound good for their members until they take a look at the policy and there is no protection.
Individuals would be pooled with other individuals, so they may save on marketing costs, but they will be priced the same way they are today: individually. Under the Enzi bill, self-employed people can still be denied coverage if their State law permits it, and they can be charged exorbitant rates based on their health status, gender, age, or industry.
Diane Ladley of Aurora, IL, is self-employed and has a chronic condition called fibromyalgia, which causes
chronic pain and fatigue. She has been denied insurance in the individual market. She is currently cutting her pills in half because she cannot afford them.
The Bush-Enzi bill will do nothing to help Diane. Even if she joins an association health plan, an insurer could deny her coverage. If she is offered coverage, insurers will still be able to exclude her current condition or charge an amount so high she could not afford it.
The Lincoln-Durbin bill would allow Diane to be pooled with other small businesses in one national pool. She would have access to the same negotiated discounts as all other small businesses in the pool.
We can make health insurance for small businesses more affordable without slashing benefits or charging people who need insurance even higher prices. My bill, with Senator Lincoln, is an example of how it can be done. It is a reasonable approach.
I will come back to my starting point as I close my remarks because I know there are other Senators in the Senate waiting to speak. This is a matter of simple justice. If Members of the Senate and the House of Representatives take advantage of the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program because they believe it is fair and right for their families, why won't they offer that same opportunity to other Americans who need health insurance? Why should we give ourselves the status of a privileged class when it comes to health insurance? Why should we say that people across America shouldn't have the same protection our wives and our families have? We ought to offer them in good faith an approach that is the same as our own. If this health insurance we use is good enough for Members of Congress, it is good enough for American families.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, am I right that we are prepared to proceed to the text of the conference reconciliation report? Mr. President, before I explain what is in the conference report, I want to make clear…
Mr. President, am I right that we are prepared to proceed to the text of the conference reconciliation report?
Mr. President, before I explain what is in the conference report, I want to make clear what the tax policy is we are talking about. For 90 percent of the legislation that is before us, we are talking about maintaining existing tax policy as it has been, either from the 2001 Tax Reduction Act or the 2003 Tax Reduction Act. The reason I want to take some time to explain that--and that is not part of my explanation of the conference report--is because the public listening in and/or my colleagues are going to be confused over the words ``tax cuts.'' For 90 percent of this legislation, we are not cutting anybody's tax bill. What we are trying to do because of sunset is we are maintaining for the next year, or in some cases the next 5 years, existing tax policy. So I don't want anybody to come over and say we are cutting taxes.
If we don't pass this legislation in the year 2006, or in some cases in the years 2009 and 2010, people are going to get an automatic increase of taxes without a vote of Congress. So we are talking about maintaining existing tax policy. The reason we are talking about maintaining tax policy would be for two reasons. In the case of dividend and capital gains tax policy, the tax policy we adopted in 2003 is the reason we have created 5.2 million jobs.
That is why the economy is rolling. I know the public is listening. When they pay $3 for gas, the $3 for gas blinds them to the fact that we had 4.8 percent growth last quarter. It blinds them to the fact that we have 4.7 percent unemployment, which is practically full employment, and some economists would tell you it is full employment, or that we have a low inflation rate.
It seems that when my constituents, and probably constituents in every State, see high gasoline prices, that is all that is on their mind. I don't blame them because I put gasoline in my car--I don't have some driver do it, I put it in myself--and I know what the price of gasoline is. I know a lot of my constituents go out of the same convenience stores I do with a bottle of water. Bottled water, if you buy it in these small containers, you are paying about $8 a gallon for water and never complaining about the cost for water but complaining about $2.63 gas that you can buy in Des Moines, IA, this very weekend.
We are talking with regard to capital gains as maintaining existing tax policy. Just so everybody understands, we are not cutting anybody's taxes below what they are today. We are maintaining existing tax policy. But if we didn't take the action we are taking today, taxes would automatically go up in these areas by 33 percent, and for low- income people, who have zero capital tax gains, they go up--what would that be? One hundred percent. If they are not paying taxes today and they start paying taxes at the rate everybody else pays, it is a 100- percent increase in taxes.
I don't know why people would argue with us, when we have a zero capital gains for lower income people, that you would want to tax lower income people. But if we do not continue this tax policy, that is the case.
I wish to emphasize again what Chairman Greenspan has said about the 2003 tax policy we are continuing today, and that is that it is responsible for the economic recovery we have had of 18 quarters of economic growth and 5.2 million jobs being created.
The other part of the bill is to continue tax policy existing since 2001. That existing tax policy is that 22 million Americans--well, no, I better say it this way. That tax policy since 2001 has been that when we reduce people's taxes here on the one hand, we are not going to take it away from them on the other hand by having them hit by the alternative minimum tax. I am going to explain this in greater detail, but up front, a good part of this bill is to maintain the policy Senator Baucus and I have had in place since 2001 of holding people harmless from the alternative minimum tax. In other words, if you get a tax decrease here, we are not going to have the same people pay a tax over here on the alternative minimum tax.
As far as the alternative minimum tax is concerned, I think the best policy is what we did in the late 1990s when this body sent to President Clinton a bill to repeal the alternative minimum tax, and he vetoed it. I don't know how many Democrats we are going to have condemning us for not doing more on the alternative minimum tax. What more could you do than what we did in 1999 and repeal a very bad tax policy, the alternative minimum tax? And a Democratic President vetoed it. But they will probably be the ones complaining and crying the most because we are not doing more.
What we are talking about here today is maintaining present tax policy through this reconciliation bill for roughly 90 percent of it. Ten percent of it would be some change in tax policy. If people want details on that, I will be glad to go into that.
Maybe another thing I ought to explain--and it is more personal because I am going to be the chief negotiator for the Senate on this bill because I am chairman of the Senate Finance Committee--I have negotiated for a long period of time with Chairman Thomas, and everything has worked out fine as compromises have to work out fine, and I think I have done a very good job of protecting the Senate's position.
Let me remind everybody, all of my colleagues, particularly Republicans, particularly about a telephone call from the President on the Thursday before we began our Easter break--the exact date I don't have in mind--and in meetings with the leader and the Speaker and all this, we were just very anxious to get something done before Easter. At that point, the position of the House was that we were not going to have hold harmless on AMT. Consequently, I didn't agree to this agreement. I believe I probably disappointed a lot of my colleagues and the leader and the Speaker and the President of the United States because I just didn't, how would you say, surrender to a House position that we were doing too much on AMT.
Our policy since 2001 has been hold harmless, and I believe that is what we passed three times on the floor of the Senate: in November last year, January this year, February of this year, as the Democrats made us go through three periods of 3 days of debate on the same tax bill that ended up passing by a bipartisan majority of somewhere between 64 and 67. So it has been the policy of the Senate since 2001, reaffirmed by three votes of this body in the last 6 months, to hold harmless.
I didn't believe I was doing 66 Senators a favor by agreeing to something which would have 3.5 million--let's say more accurately 2.5 to 3 million taxpayers being hit by the alternative minimum tax out of the 22 million to whom I have already referred. So it took a little longer, and here we are--what, May 11, 1 month later than when it originally happened. But we have hold harmless in this bill. Hold harmless is in this bill.
Everything is going smoothly between Chairman Thomas and me. Nobody is going to believe that because if you read the papers, we are always at each other's throat. You know, those characterizations are entirely wrong. He has strong convictions about tax policy, and he is the negotiator for the U.S. House of Representatives. He has a right to stand firmly for their positions, but I have a responsibility to stand firmly for the Senate position, with the understanding that someplace there are some compromises. I guess enough said on that point.
I have mentioned, in summation, before I go into explanation about the conference report, and this is the third time, but it cannot be said too many times because I don't know how many times you are going to hear today--in fact, we ought to count how many times we are going to say we are cutting taxes, we are cutting taxes, we are cutting taxes. Would you keep track of that for me? I want to hear how many times that is used. We are not cutting anybody's tax. Maybe we ought be cutting people's taxes, but we are not. We are maintaining existing tax policy as expressed by this body in the 2001 and 2003 tax bill so 22 million Americans don't get hit by the alternative minimum tax and so that we have incentives for investment and taxes don't go up, and capital gains and dividends, without a vote of the people in 2009 and 2010; so that we keep the incentives Chairman Greenspan said are the reason we are having the economic recovery we have had for 18 quarters, creating 5.2 million jobs, 4.8 percent economic growth, 4.7 percent unemployment, et cetera.
We have moved to the final step in the tax reconciliation process to which I have already referred that we dealt with three times and probably 3 days each time during November, January, and February. We have an agreement of the conferees from the House and Senate on a conference report. The basic objective of this conference was to produce a conference report that will pass both the Senate and the House and be sent to the President.
To achieve that objective, we needed to focus our efforts on a true bipartisan, bicameral compromise. As I said and will probably say again today--but you have heard me say it over the last 3 months to my colleague and friend, Senator Baucus--a compromise must be bicameral. Likewise, I said to Chairman Thomas of the House and to House conferees that the compromise should be bipartisan.
In the Senate, we passed a reconciliation bill for the second time but the contents of the bill for a third time, on February 2, with a bipartisan vote that included 66 Senators. So that obviously includes a vast number of Democrats.
My preference was to continue working in conference to produce a bipartisan compromise that could pass in the Senate. Unfortunately, I doubt if we will get 66 votes for this conference report. But I am very hopeful that we will pick up some Democratic votes.
Going into conference, everybody knew that the House bill and the Senate bill were significantly different. The centerpiece of the House bill was a 2-year extension of the 15-percent maximum tax rate on dividends and capital gains and the zero percent tax rate that will apply to taxpayers in the lowest two tax brackets. Such an extension would continue the bipartisan tax policy enacted in 2003, a policy which has been vital to our economy's recovery and continued growth.
The centerpiece of the Senate bill was a 1-year extension and modification of the alternative minimum tax hold-harmless provisions. This provision would keep 15 million American families from being hit by the stealth tax. The AMT is a stealth tax because you really never know when you are going to be hit by it. Hitting Americans with such a stealth tax, the alternative minimum tax, is wrong. So, as I said before, the AMT should be abolished. It is not abolished. We did vote to abolish it in the late 1990s, but President Clinton vetoed that. So here we are, since 2001, working in a bipartisan way to do what we call hold harmless.
As I said at that particular time, my highest priority was to make sure we kept our promise to make certain that no additional taxpayers are brought into the AMT system on an annual basis, and that is the purpose of the Senate's hold-harmless provision on alternative minimum tax.
I will expand on that notion for a moment and be somewhat repeating myself from my extemporaneous remarks,
but exactly 5 years ago today, May 11, 2001, Senator Baucus and I announced the bipartisan deal that became the basis for historic 2001 bipartisan tax relief legislation. I say historic because taxes were as high as they had ever been in the history of the country as a percentage of the gross national product.
When newly elected President Bush released his budget for that first year in 2001, his tax relief plan did not contain a general hold harmless on the alternative minimum tax, and the House passed a bill that did not have hold harmless provisions for the alternative minimum tax. When Senator Baucus and I were negotiating the bipartisan plan, we agreed on that bedrock principle of hold harmless--hold harmless on AMT so no new people would get hit with it. Because they got a tax decrease over here, we should not take their taxes away over here.
We agreed to make sure the AMT would not take the tax relief we were providing. This is how we came up with the concept we refer to as hold harmless. To me, it goes to a fundamental principle of transparency in government: Don't promise taxpayers relief that you know they are not going to really get.
Some of my friends on this side of the aisle--meaning Republicans-- rightly complain about doubletalk on alternative minimum tax that we hear from Members on the other side, Democratic Members, the Senators from so-called blue States. You remember the blue-red map in Presidential elections of 2000 and 2004? Blue States generally go for Democratic candidates for President, red States go for Republican candidates for President.
I am going to refer to the blue States which are those that generally vote Democratic. Senators from these States are generally hostile to the tax relief we have provided in 2001 and provided again in 2003, and seem to be sympathetic to tax hikes. They take this position despite the fact that their constituents in these blue States, and represented for the most part by Democratic Senators, tend to bear the highest per capita Federal tax burden. The hostility of these Members seems to grow to a white-hot intensity when anybody above, say, $100,000 in income benefits from any tax relief package.
It has always been a strange disconnect to those of us on this Republican side of the aisle because that intensity--and at times what appears to be outright anger--seems to grow as the States' shade of blue grows much darker. Ironically, the per capita income, living costs, and Federal tax burdens tend to rise as the shade of the State tends to get a darker blue. The implication appears to be that constituents in these blue States should be happy to bear this high tax burden as their Senators fight against tax relief for them. In fact, Members from blue States seem to have no limit to the level of Federal taxes they believe folks in their States should bear. Taxes can never be too high, goes the rationale, as long as we keep growing the public's dependence on more Federal programs.
When Members on the Republican side hear demagoguery on taxes emanating from Members from blue States on a daily basis that we shouldn't have tax cuts for high-income people, they ask, Why do these folks then seem to change their mind when we are talking about the alternative minimum tax? As you tend to get intense debate that we ought to do something about the alternative minimum tax from the same Senators who are complaining because we are giving too much tax relief to high-income people in their various States, and the AMT happens to most dramatically impact taxpayers between $100,000 and $500,000. How is this any different from other forms of tax relief? They are hot and heavy to have the AMT which helps their taxpayers in blue States, but they are not hot and heavy to have tax relief in the first instance when you vote to reduce tax rates.
If I go to some extent talking about this contradiction, it is a contradiction that affects and bothers a lot of people on the Republican side of the aisle. It is an argument we do not understand. Frankly, it is a sentiment I have to overcome in my caucuses as I argue for the AMT and for tax relief; and I have had to argue this contradiction particularly with my House counterparts as we go to conference to negotiate differences between the House and Senate and try to explain to them why we need to do a hold-harmless provision on
Mr. President, first, I will respond to some of the things that Senator Baucus brought up in his opening statement. He complimented me in our working through this, and I always have a good working relationship with Senator Baucus. And 90 percent of the time, or maybe more, he and I are on the same side of the fence. I remind people in the Senate that on three occasions, in November and January and February, we were on the same side of the fence on this issue.
The difference between us now is related to the extension of the capital gains and dividend tax credit that was not in the Senate bill at that particular time. And since it is not in the conference report, that is one of the reasons he and I are on separate sides of the fence.
I will respond to some of the points he made on extenders because they are not in the conference report. Senator Baucus's criticism is right that they are not in this bill. They are, however, covered in a collateral agreement between tax-writing committees and congressional leadership. And on a document basis for my saying that we will be dealing with those, even though they are not in the conference report, I ask unanimous consent to have printed in the Record a joint statement on a collateral extenders agreement, that they will be in a follow-on piece of legislation that ought to be before the Senate very quickly. These are not in dispute between the House and Senate. This is a product under negotiation, but these issues are no longer under negotiation.
Mr. President, on Senator Baucus's criticism of the charts that I used, let me say that the
charts reflect the data of the Committee on Joint Taxation. I explained how the Committee on Joint Taxation is a professional group, not a Republican group or a Democrat group. They are paid by the taxpayers of this country to be experts on tax policy. I challenge many of my critics, and the sympathetic ears that these critics have in the east coast media, to also use the joint tax data because in a lot of the presentations already, and today, we are going to hear statistics that don't come from the green eyeshade people who have no political ax to grind in the Joint Tax Committee but, quite frankly, come from liberal think tanks who do have a political ax to grind.
I ask Democrats to use Joint Tax Committee data. I think my friends on the other side have an issue with the perspective of the charts. The charts I used earlier take into account the tax savings taxpayers enjoy relative to their tax burden. Democrats tend to look only at the tax benefit. They ignore the taxes people pay. That is where there is a very real difference. It is philosophical. The charts I used are accurate.
On the number of taxpayers by State, the source is the Internal Revenue Service, not a conservative or liberal think tank.
Finally, on the need to do an extension now, just ask folks in the market whether this decision to extend the capital gains and dividend tax provisions ought to be done now or in the year 2008. We hear that it is very important to have a long-term tax policy if you are going to encourage investment, and that is why we are extending this now at this particular time.
I would also like to refer to some comments that were made by the Senator from New Mexico. He spoke about the impact of one of our offsets for policy long term, speaking about the Roth IRA being the wrong kind of policy to put in this bill.
It is interesting to hear my friends on the other side criticize the Roth IRA conversion provisions in the conference report. One would be led to believe that this protaxpayer provision is somehow an evil Republican idea that the Democrats have never seen before. But I am afraid that my friends on the other side of the aisle have a short-term memory. They are giving this Finance Committee chairman and my Republican colleagues too much credit.
I wish I could take credit for what is called the Roth IRA. Maybe it could be called the Grassley IRA. But I can't. There is another Finance Committee chairman, not a Republican, who first laid out the exact IRA conversion proposal that is in the conference report we are going to vote on today.
Way back in 1991, there was a chairman of the Finance Committee, a famous Senator from Texas, by the name of Lloyd Bentsen. He introduced the identical provision as part of what they called the Tax Fairness and Savings Incentive Act of 1991. If the Roth IRA--later named the Roth IRA--was tax fairness in 1991 when the Democrats wrote it, it is tax fairness in 2006 as it comes back in a conference report.
Chairman Bentsen's bill would have allowed all taxpayers, regardless of income, to convert amounts from traditional IRAs into the new Roth- styled IRA account that he also proposed. In fact, the only difference between Democratic Chairman Bentsen's original proposal and the provision in the conference report is Chairman Bentsen's bill would have given taxpayers 4 years to pay tax on converted amounts compared to the shorter 2-year period under the provisions in this conference report.
But some may ask: Was Chairman Bentsen just a lone Democratic voice in the wilderness on this issue without support from fellow Democrats at that time in 1991? Not surprising to those of us who had the honor of serving with Senator Bentsen, it wasn't just his idea. His bill was introduced with 13 Democrats as original cosponsors, and it has a prominent list of Democratic cosponsors, many of whom are still serving with us in the Senate today. In fact, I can point to my good friend from Montana, Senator Baucus, as one of the original cosponsors of Chairman Bentsen's bill. Let me name some others: Akaka, Dodd, Inouye, Lieberman, Mikulski, and Senator Pryor's father was also an original cosponsor. So this is not a new idea, nor is it a Republican idea. It is an idea which has had bipartisan support in the Finance Committee and the Senate for the past 15 years, ever since Chairman Bentsen first proposed it. Indeed, the Bentsen bill was just the beginning of a long bipartisan history of this provision. So why today is there not bipartisanship on this issue?
In the next Congress, after Senator Bentsen became Treasury Secretary under President Clinton, the bill was introduced. Senator Roth--who would, of course, later become Finance Committee chairman--introduced Senator Bentsen's former bill, including the proposal that would become known as the Roth IRA conversion proposal. Senator Roth introduced this bill with a bipartisan list of 57 original cosponsors, 24 of whom were Democrats.
In the next Congress, Senator Roth reintroduced his bipartisan legislation with 52 cosponsors, and 18 Democrats were cosponsors of that bill, including Minority Leader Reid and Senator Kerry. It was a good proposal for the Democrats then. So why is it not a good proposal today?
Democrats say they are concerned about the budget deficit, but we all know our deficit was much larger as a percentage of GDP in the early 1990s than it is today. The real question is, Do my Democratic friends really oppose this protaxpayer provision that merely creates a level playing field when it comes to access to retirement plans or do they only have this objection because the provision is part of a progrowth tax relief bill that the Democratic leadership has decided to oppose today?
The bipartisan history of this concept didn't stop when Democratic Chairman Bentsen became Secretary of the Treasury. Roth IRAs became law in the Tax Relief Act of 1997. The Senate version of that legislation allowed all taxpayers to convert traditional IRAs to Roth IRAs, the same as the conference report before us this very day.
That bill passed the Senate--now listen, that bill passed the Senate. The exact thing we are doing today passed the Senate by an overwhelming 80-to-18 bipartisan vote.
When an income limit was placed on Roth IRA conversions during the conference negotiations in the 1997 act, the Senate came back the very next year in the IRS Restructuring and Reform Act and again showed bipartisan support for expanding the eligibility for Roth IRA conversions. Expanded Roth IRA conversion eligibility was part of the Senate bill which passed unanimously 97 to 0. So obviously Democrats voted for it then. It was also included in the final conference report which passed the Senate 96 to 2.
I hope this makes it very clear that this isn't a provision which came out of thin air. This isn't a Republican proposal. This isn't a budget gimmick. This is a provision which Democrats have long supported. This is a provision which was proposed by a Democratic chairman of this committee. This is a bipartisan provision. And most importantly, it is a good provision. Good policy makes good politics. It is a protaxpayer provision. This is a provision which means all Americans have access to the same retirement plans. This is a provision which brings in real revenue to the Federal Government. This is a provision which will increase tax compliance in an area in which there is much room for improvement. This is a provision which rewards those who work hard, pay their taxes, and do what we need to do more of: save for retirement. That is why it has such a long history of bipartisan support. It also is why it is a very good part of this conference report.
I would think people on the other side of the aisle would be ashamed of damaging the very good image Senator Bentsen had as a U.S. Senator, as a Democrat, as chairman of the Finance Committee. Why don't they honor his reputation as a Senator and vote for provisions he had that are in this conference report rather than being so partisan?
Mr. President, my friend from Montana referred to a report published by Federal Reserve staff, and I would like to make a few comments on that.
The report compares U.S. and European stock values during brief periods of time before and after the lower rates were announced in late 2002 and enacted in 2003. Since U.S. and European stock values moved together, the report concludes that the lower rates had
no effect on the aggregate market value of U.S. stocks.
The report was written by members of the Federal Reserve staff. It does not represent the views of the Federal Reserve itself. In fact, Chairman Alan Greenspan has repeatedly testified before the Congress that lower rates on dividends and capital gains represents good tax policy, and Ben Bernanke has cautioned that not extending the rates soon could negatively impact the economy.
I am not an economist, but it seems to me that the analysis of these Fed staffers is overly simplistic for at least four reasons:
First, the analysis covers a very short period of time--2 months surrounding the President's proposal in January 2003 and 4 months surrounding enactment of the reduced rates in May 2003. Looking at such a short period of time, the Fed staffers only tried to determine if the news of the tax cut had an effect on the U.S. market. Now, I am a believer in the efficient capital markets theory to some degree, but it can't be that simple. Surely, the broader, longer term benefits of these lower rates on the economy should be considered more than simply the news of their enactment.
Second, the analysis essentially assumes away all other factors during that short period of time could affect U.S. markets and European markets differently. It is hard for me to understand how this assumption could be valid. If that was true, then why would anyone consider investing in European stocks as a diversification strategy?
There is a multitude of factors that would seem to affect the U.S. and European markets differently, given how complex the U.S. and European economies are. The Wall Street Journal article that described this report noted a few things that ``might have contributed to a rise in European stocks or a drop in the U.S. market during the review periods'':
In the U.S., some companies reported weaker than expected earnings, while some European firms reported strong earnings;
There was a terrorist bombing in Saudi Arabia that ``rattled'' the U.S. market;
There were concerns about the weak dollar.
Third, the analysis assumes that the impending war in Iraq would affect U.S. and European stocks equally. Again, I am not an economist, but I find this assumption hard to believe.
Fourth, the Fed staffers' analysis does nothing to convince me that taxing something less doesn't make it worth more. It is common sense that people value assets based on how much those assets put in their pockets on an after-tax basis. So if the Government taxes certain investments less, it makes those investments worth more, relative to other investments. Of course, there are many other factors besides tax policy that affect investment value. But we should do what we can in terms of tax policy to promote economic growth.
The Wall Street article concludes with a quote from Michael Thompson, director of research at Thomson Financial, that ``attributing stock market gains to one isolated factor risks being `intellectually dishonest' ''. It would be just as intellectually dishonest to point at this simplistic study as a reason to raise taxes on dividends and capital gains.
Mr. President, my friend from Montana criticized the charts I showed earlier that showed how lower income taxpayers, relative to their tax burden, have more at risk than higher income taxpayers. In light of Senator Baucus' criticism of those charts, I want to go into detail regarding how the statistics were calculated by my Finance Committee staff.
To get a clear picture of the relative benefits of this tax policy, I have taken another step in the distributional analysis.
I looked at the size of the tax benefits in relation to the total tax liabilities that these taxpayers bear.
The results of this analysis show that, among taxpayers who benefit from this tax policy, those with less than $50,000 of AGI benefit more from this tax policy, especially when the lower income tax rate drops from 5 percent to zero percent.
According to the JCT data, 6.3 million tax returns with adjusted gross income of less than $50,000 benefited from the reduced tax rates on dividends.
The aggregate total income tax liability of these taxpayers was $12.4 billion, which is an average of $1,968 per tax return.
In 2005, the lower tax rates on dividends saved these taxpayers $600 million in the aggregate at an average of $95 per return.
In 2008, if we assume the same data, the elimination of dividend taxes for lower income families will save them an additional $350 million, which is an average of $56 per return.
In total, this tax policy will save $950 million, or an average of $151 per tax return.
That produces a savings of 7.6 percent for these taxpayers.
Tax returns with more than $200,000 in adjusted gross income would save $6.5 billion in the aggregate, or an average of $2,964.
These numbers, of course, are much bigger than the savings numbers for the less than $50,000 of AGI category. But these numbers represent only 2.2 percent of this group's total tax liability.
The estimates for capital gains show that 3.6 million tax returns with under $50,000 of AGI will report a savings of $680 million from lower tax rates on capital gains, or an average of $189 each, producing a 10.2-percent tax savings.
Those with $200,000 or more in AGI will save $13.7 billion in the aggregate or $11,421 each on average. To be sure, these dollar numbers are much higher than the less than $50,000 group, but as a percentage of total tax liability, it is only 7.6 percent, lower than the savings of the less than $50,000 group.
And what about seniors?
2.4 million tax returns filed by seniors with adjusted gross income of less than $50,000 benefited from the reduced tax rates on dividends.
The aggregate total income tax liability of these taxpayers was $4.4 billion, which is an average of $1,833 per tax return.
In 2005, the lower tax rates on dividends saved these seniors $500 million in the aggregate at an average of $208 per return.
In 2008, if we assume the same data, the elimination of dividend taxes for lower income seniors will save them an additional $250 million, which is an average of $104 per return.
In total, this tax policy will save seniors $750 million or an average of $312 per tax return.
That produces a savings of 17.1 percent for these taxpayers.
Four hundred thousand tax returns for seniors with more than $200,000 in adjusted gross income would save
$2.7 billion in the aggregate, or an average of $6,775 each, representing a 5.7-percent savings.
The estimates for capital gains show that 1.5 million tax returns will be filed by seniors with under $50,000 of AGI, reporting a savings of $305 million from lower tax rates on capital gains or an average of $204, producing a 13.2-percent tax saving.
Seniors with $200,000 or more in AGI will save almost 3.8 billion in the aggregate or $12,633 on average representing a 10-percent savings.
Now, I have a couple charts that summarize the tax savings as a percentage of total income tax liability across AGI levels.
This chart illustrates the relative savings from reduced dividend taxes across AGI levels.
Opponents of this policy want to persecute these taxpayers by taking back their 2.2 percent savings.
But at the same time they will punish these taxpayers by taking away their 7.6 percent savings.
And they will punish these seniors by taking away their 17.1 percent savings.
This chart illustrates the relative savings from reduced capital gains taxes across AGI levels.
Opponents of this policy want to persecute these taxpayers by taking back their 7.6 percent savings.
But at the same time they will punish these taxpayers by taking away their 10.2 percent savings.
And they will punish these seniors by taking away their 13.2 percent savings.
As this data shows, the tax policy enacted by Congress in 2003 to lower taxes on dividends and capital gains has provided meaningful benefits to taxpayers across the income spectrum, not just the rich.
In fact, lower income taxpayers will save more than higher income taxpayers when measured as a percentage of total tax liability.
These lower rates have allowed millions of taxpayers to keep more money in their pockets to spend or add to their savings through reinvestment in the economy, rather than give it to the Federal Government to spend.
I yield the floor.
Not that long, maybe 15 minutes, something like that. Hard to say entirely. I welcome it. It is not often a debate breaks out in the Senate anymore, so I am happy to welcome it. I ask, through the…
Not that long, maybe 15 minutes, something like that. Hard to say entirely.
I welcome it. It is not often a debate breaks out in the Senate anymore, so I am happy to welcome it. I ask, through the Presiding Officer, how long the Senator from Wyoming might think he would engage in debate?
I appreciate that. Maybe that will work because I will just add to some of the things the Senator will probably want to answer, and he can take it all in one bundle.
I thank the Chair, and I thank my colleague from Wyoming.
I listened carefully, and I hope a lot of other folks did, to the comments of the Senator from Illinois and from other colleagues in the Senate over the course of the last days.
I wish the Senate were engaging in this issue in a serious way that allows Members to debate the merits of individual approaches to small businesses being covered. Regrettably, that is not the choice of our friends on the other side of the aisle. What they have done is come in with a series of amendments, with second-degree amendments, and, in the language of the Senate, filled the legislative tree, which basically means blocked out the ability of Democrats to bring amendments, to have a real choice between plans as to how we approach small businesses. That is point No. 1. That is irrefutable and damaging to the prospects of trying to deal with the health care crisis we face.
Two years ago, when I was traveling the country as a candidate, no matter what State I went to, no matter what town or what size community or what the political definition of that community was, you always felt a profound sense of responsibility was thrown at you by the people you met from all walks of life.
I met people in town meeting halls, in VFW halls, in rope lines at rallies, in visits to factories, in visits to medium-sized businesses, large businesses. A whole bunch of folks would come up and tug at my sleeve, often with tears in their eyes, look at me, and say: Senator, you have to help us on health care. You have to do something to help us be able to afford health care. They would show me a photograph and say: Look, this is my sister, or this is my mom, and they would tell you about a loved one who could not afford the medicine they needed or who lost their health care when a factory shut down or when a business closed or moved overseas. The faces of those people stay with you forever. Their names do, too.
People--many of them Republicans, many of them conservative small businesspeople--were pleading not for a dumbing down of the system, not for an automatic reduction in coverage, but for a way to expand the ability to have the level of coverage they have today and be able to pay for it. They were looking wearily to this city for help.
I met an awful lot of poor folks who obviously do not have any health care, and the numbers are climbing. More importantly, there is a change in the fabric of our society. I met an awful lot of working Americans who are increasingly watching health care costs go up, education costs go up, energy costs go up, and their wages either stay the same or go down. That is not a sustainable equation in our country.
Increasingly, those workers are being pushed out of the middle class into the working poor or downward within the middle class itself. There isn't one of us who has not met a mother of a child who would describe situations in which she would make life choices for that child, about whether to let her kid play football or some other sport--hockey-- because she was afraid she could not afford the medical care if her child broke a leg or somehow were injured.
I heard again and again stories from teachers who would tell me about kids who get no preventive care, they do not get routine exams. Schools have cut nurses, so you do not have a nurse in the school now to take care of someone.
I heard instance after instance of kids who had some form of acting- out in the classroom as a consequence of either an earache or some other chronic disorder. Some of them went to the doctor for the first time when they were 9, 10, 12 years old, and it was too late; they discovered they had a permanent hearing impairment as a consequence. I met the head of pediatrics in the State of Washington at an event we did in Seattle for children's health insurance who told me specifically of kids she had examined who had permanent hearing impairment, and now they will be in special needs education because we did not care enough to give them early intervention.
I met a lot of small business owners who would like to be able to provide their employees with health care but cannot afford it and who know the health care costs are so high that they are standing in the way of being able to hire more workers because they do not have the flexibility and the ability to be able to expand the business and try to cover people or pay even a portion of the health care.
In New Hampshire, I met a woman who had breast cancer. I got to know her pretty well. She told me how she had to keep working day after day right through her chemotherapy no matter how sick she felt because she was absolutely terrified of losing her family's health insurance if she did not show up for a day or two.
In Erie, PA, I met a man named Albert Barker who wonders how he is going to pay literally thousands of dollars in medical bills that he cannot afford. And after he suffered a heart attack and he underwent surgery, guess what. His employer just stopped his health coverage because it was too expensive because he had gotten sick. So they cut him off at the moment of need, and he was basically at that time facing bankruptcy as a consequence. His wife said at the time that she was
reduced to hoping and praying that nothing else happened.
In Council Bluffs, IA, I met a woman named Myrtle Walck who at the time did not know what she would do if the price of medicine rose any higher--which it has--and she paid a huge chunk of her Social Security, which was not very big and was her only source of income, her Social Security check, to the drugstore every month just to cover the cost of her two daily prescriptions.
In Jacksonville, FL, Renee Harris, who owns a schoolbus company that was in her family for over 50 years, was forced to sell the company because she could no longer afford to insure her workers and felt compelled to want to be able to do so.
I heard daily about workers' fears of losing coverage because they either could not afford the higher premiums, the deductibles, the copays, or they thought their employers would drop the coverage altogether.
I talked to people who told me what it was like to live knowing they were one medicine bill, one hospital visit away from bankruptcy. That is the real world we are living in today. That is the real world the Senate ought to be debating. All of these problems are in our health care system today. Yet there is so little time devoted in this Congress to finding the common ground, to finding solutions to get something done for those people who want to believe we will do something to help them.
Instead, what do we have? We have a so-called Health Week in the Senate. This is Health Week so that Senators can come to the Senate and give speeches--not legislate but give speeches. We have speech after speech in a stalemate where the whole week is going to go by, and everyone knows what will happen at the end because we are not really legislating because we are not really here to solve problems. The people I have met deserve to have a Congress that insists on a real debate, really getting the job done.
In all the 22 years I have been here, this is one of those peculiarities of a moment in American history where the Senate is about as dysfunctional as it has been in that whole period of time. Serious efforts to try to deal with problems are just not on the table.
What are we going to have? We are going to have one up-or-down vote on a flawed bill with no chance for Democratic amendments. I know the Senator from Wyoming is going to argue it is a good bill--and we will go through some of those details in a minute, et cetera--but what we have been reduced to doing here is spending an awful lot of time trying to stop bad things from happening instead of putting the competent energy of a lot of people who think a lot about these issues, some of whom have extraordinary expertise, into trying to fix them and move toward a positive health care agenda for our Nation.
Right now, we are fighting to fix the devastating changes that have been forced on the Medicaid Program. We need to overturn the rules allowing increased cost sharing that has been imposed on families who cannot afford it. And we need to prevent new rules from tossing out the early periodic screening diagnosis and treatment protections for children on Medicaid.
Who wrote to the Congress and said: ``Kids in America have enough coverage. We ought to cut out early periodic screening''? Every doctor you talk to worth their salt in this country will tell you what we need is more preventive care, wellness. We need to teach wellness in America. We need to be doing preventive care instead of treating people when they finally get sick, at a time when it is far more expensive than if we intervened early.
On diabetes alone, if we had diabetes screening for every person in America, you could probably save $50 billion. You would avoid a lot of amputations. You would avoid a lot of dialysis. And you could treat it in a far less expensive, more easy way. Are we talking about that here?
We also have to fix the Medicare prescription drug debacle and extend that May 15 deadline for signing up without penalties. Why? Because it has been confusing to seniors all across this country. Because the implementation has been exactly what a lot of people predicted. The result is a whole bunch of things that ought to be happening to reduce the cost for seniors are not happening.
A simple thing would be bulk purchasing to negotiate lower prices on prescription drugs. We ought to be simplifying the enrollment procedures. We ought to be making the benefit more comprehensive, by closing the gaps in coverage.
But the bottom line is, it would be a tragedy if all we did was try to stop these bad things from happening, when everybody knows we have a health care system that is increasingly in extremis, a health care system that is in crisis and imploding on itself in many ways.
This bill, I regret to say, because it deregulates in a selective way all of the insurance delivered in the States, is going to create chaos for people as States choose different offerings and the rules go out the window.
I might add, for a group of people who traditionally have come to the floor to defend States rights, they have, in the last years, proven themselves remarkably selective in where and when they want to protect those States rights because State after State across the country has passed a certain standard of health care. Why? Because they know it works. Because they know it reduces costs. Because they know it helps people have greater quality of care and a better quality of life. Instead, this bill is going to open up the opportunity for people to reduce the level of coverage for people.
There are a whole series of real health care initiatives that the Senate ought to be dealing with. I am convinced we can find an ethical way of dealing with the thorny issue--I recognize there are ethical considerations--but we could find, if we wanted to, an ethical way to deal with a host of in vitro embryos who, regrettably, are going to be discarded altogether, thrown out into the garbage and lost, rather than applied to the possibility of saving life. It seems to me there is a way to fully fund, in a limited way, the appropriate research of initiatives at the National Institutes of Health.
We also need to take up real legislation to get at the heart of racial and ethnic health disparities. We need to make it legal to import prescription drugs from Canada. We need to put medical decisions back in the hands of doctors and nurses and patients, not insurance company bureaucrats. We need to address the nursing shortage by fully funding all the programs under the Nurse Reinvestment Act that we fought so hard to enact.
We need mental health parity, which I heard the Senator from Illinois talk about. We need to address our growing childhood obesity problem which is going to increase the cost of health care all across the country. And we definitely need to reauthorize the State Child Health Insurance Program.
But this is Health Week, and we are going to have a Health Week on the floor of the Senate. It is not going to deal with any of those issues. It also avoids giving families and small businesses access to the same private health insurance that Members of Congress give themselves. I heard the Senator from Illinois talk about this.
I raised this all across the country in 2004. What is it about being a representative of the people, elected by the people to come here to represent the interests of the people, that empowers us to abuse that privilege by giving ourselves the best health care in the world, at less expense, with a nice Government match, bigger than what most businesses can afford, and we are not willing to allow that to happen all across the country? What kind of values does that represent for those who run around talking about values?
It seems to me we ought to stand up and make it clear that every single family's health care is as important as any Member's of Congress. We ought to be offering every single person the opportunity to at least buy into it. Why shouldn't they be able to buy into it and get the coverage? Why shouldn't we open up Medicare and let people who are 55 or older buy into Medicare early? That could happen, and a whole bunch of people would get coverage and we would reduce costs to America.
All you have to do is talk to any hospital administrator in America. First of all, they are dipping into their reserves. A lot of them are on the brink of bankruptcy. Many of them get refunded so late and with such difficulty,
it is hard to plan and come up with a business plan for the hospital. Most importantly, none of them can afford the massive investments in technology that would, in and of themselves, reduce the cost of health care and raise the quality of life.
Something like 45,000 to 50,000 to 90,000 people a year die in hospitals because of medical error. And often, that medical error is the result of pain management or pain mismanagement. The VA has a terrific system. I have been in the VA hospitals. I have seen it. Why do they have the system? Because it is the VA. It is a Government health care plan, and the Government made certain they could invest in these pain management computerized systems. The result is, they have reduced the incidence of mistaken pharmaceuticals being taken, people getting the wrong medicine, getting too much, getting it at the wrong time, getting it even when they took it already--all of these kinds of things that happen.
This week, unfortunately, instead of bringing up a bill that would grant real relief to our small businesses, we are considering a bill that 41 attorneys general of the United States have written to say is bad policy and will only exacerbate the problems in States today. Why are we doing that? Attorneys general are looking at the regulatory process. They are looking at the overall ability of a State without regard, in many cases, to the politics of it but to the law and to the implementation of what happens. And 41 attorneys general have written to say this bill is going to exacerbate current troubles. I hope the Senator from Wyoming will address all of the concerns expressed in the letter of the attorneys general of the United States.
We have also seen the numbers. The Kaiser Family Foundation reports that the number of firms offering health benefits has declined from 69 percent in the year 2000 to 60 percent in 2005. Forty-seven percent of firms with fewer than 10 employees offer health insurance, compared to 90 percent of firms with 50 employees or more.
So everybody agrees something ought to be done. The problem is, the plan offered by the Republican leadership today is not going to help the small businesses to be able to gain coverage for their employees, unless, of course, they give up a whole set of things that currently they are covered for and then without regard to what the pricing is going to be for that. It is a wholesale deregulation of insurance markets. And a wholesale deregulation of insurance markets is, in fact, going to put consumers at risk. The studies show the approach we are being offered will, in fact, have a better chance of increasing the numbers of uninsured, rather than offering small businesses a lot of the relief they so desperately need.
The proponents argue prices are going to drop once we get rid of the benefit mandates created and enacted by State legislatures. Well, first of all, that claim, frankly, does not stand up. There are two separate studies that show benefit mandates are estimated to increase health premiums by a small total of about 3 to 5 percent. Juxtaposed against the annual double-digit premium increases that we have been seeing, it is clear a benefit mandate is not at the heart of the problem. If the benefit mandate is only a 3- to 5-percent increase, but we have been seeing double-digit increases over a period of time, something else has happened.
More importantly, why do we have mandates? What happened to the right of a State to make a decision, as Massachusetts has in the last weeks, that they want to make certain every person is going to be covered and to mandate a system by which businesses have agreed and the legislature has agreed they are going to fund it and people are going to be covered?
Now, the people who have often argued about the heavy unfunded mandate hand of the Government--the people who have most objected to the Federal solution for individual States--are now going to come in and literally give this great gift to some small businesses to be able to go out and do whatever they want and take away from States the ability to guarantee a quality of care for their citizens.
Forty-nine States have passed laws mandating that insurers cover mammography services because they are proven to save lives. Twenty- seven States have passed laws requiring cervical cancer screenings because too many women are dying as a result of poor detection. Forty- six States have passed laws requiring diabetes supplies to be covered because 20.8 million Americans are living with this disease and they have a basic need for care.
So the Senate is going to come in and say: Those mandates are not important. You do not have to do that anymore. And companies are going to be able to create this unbelievable morass of different offerings which are going to confuse and, I predict, infuriate the consumers of this country, just the way the prescription drug medicine Part D program has infuriated seniors across the country.
Now, the numbers I cited about cervical cancer and mammograms and screening, those are not just numbers in a report. We have seen, every day in Massachusetts, how those things make a difference.
Kirsten Paragona of Ipswich discovered, in a routine pap test, that she had developed stage 3 cervical cancer. She was 23 years old. And because that pap test was included as a mandatory benefit in her health plan, Kirsten is alive today, with a 2-year-old daughter, instead of living without a reproductive system.
For all those in the Senate who want to talk about a culture of life, that is a culture of life. And that is a culture of life worth fighting for.
And then there is Gracie Bieda Javier of Jamaica Plain. She lost her mother to breast cancer in 1987. Without mandated coverage for treatment, Gracie's mother was unable to afford the service. And now Gracie is dedicated to helping other women avoid her mother's fate. And because Massachusetts now requires mammography and treatment services, Gracie screens and treats more than 800 low-income women a year. That is because it is mandated.
What is going to happen when you open this up to so-called market forces? People who cannot afford it are really going to get hurt. In her own words: ``[Gracie] could not think of a better way to honor [her] mother on Mother's Day than to make sure we maintain these lifesaving mammogram services.''
I think she has it right. It saves lives.
Under this bill, 2.3 million people in Massachusetts alone will lose guaranteed health benefits. So what are we going to do? We are going to go back and tell them: Gee, the Senate, in all of its wisdom, deemed that these things that the State thought were important for you--they are not important for you. And the State does not have to provide them.
Typically, the great thing about a democracy is that if there is a better idea, people get to hear it and they get to perhaps choose it. They get to debate that kind of alternative on the Senate floor and engage in a debate on the merits of each of these approaches. What is so fundamentally frustrating about this week's discussion is that differing approaches are not really allowed to see the light of day except in speeches.
Frankly, there are a lot of ways we could approach the small business issue. Senator Snowe and I have had hearings in the Small Business Committee. We have worked for a number of years to try to narrow down options on AHPs. A lot of people don't like them because of the mandate issue. We have tried to wrestle with how do you deal with the mandates and still lower costs. There actually is a way to open regional pooling for States and allow a State that doesn't want to lose its mandates to opt out. Why can't we have that discussion on the floor of the Senate? You could create pooling. You could create a regional effort to reduce costs. But you could allow people the right to also choose to hold onto the benefits they want, if they want, and not deprive the States of that option. There were a host of other ideas that we have been working on.
I regret enormously that all of the effort that went into those negotiations and discussions is not going to see the effort of real legislation by voting on those different amendments. We also had hearings which suggested a whole bunch of different ways which we could provide and help small businesses without doing harm to the system. None of that has been incorporated or is going to be incorporated here.
In 2004, I offered America a plan that would provide every single American the same health insurance enjoyed by Members of Congress. Since that time, Senator Durbin and Senator Lincoln have taken that idea and turned it into a bill that creates the Small Employers Health Benefits Program which he discussed. I am a sponsor of that. Under that bill, small businesses could join a national pool and could take advantage of the same Federal administrative functions and bargaining power that is enjoyed by 8 million Federal employees across the Nation. Why should we discriminate against them? Those small businesses could have the ability to pool, to come in and negotiate less expensive health care and provide better benefits to their people and do it with the same leverage that the 8 million Federal employees do. Most importantly, it would protect the State mandates that individual States have decided they want to put in.
Republicans argue that that alternative does not provide the savings that small business owners desperately need. The facts tell a different story. We all want savings. We have to reduce the burden of health care on small business. I understand that. That is why Senator Snowe and I have been working to arrive at a way to do so. But experts predict that premium savings for participating small businesses could reach as high as 50 percent higher in the first 2 years, if it passes. It seems to me there is a way to approach this. If you go with the idea of Senator Durbin and Senator Lincoln, we would actually be able to reduce those costs by almost 50 percent.
If this week was actually an effort to provide relief to small businesses, we would be discussing all of the options to provide that relief. I don't think that coming up with a precooked, one-size-fits- all, one-ideology, one-approach, one-party plan is the way to help businesses. It seems to me that what is going to happen is, a lot of our small business owners and about 25 million uninsured Americans who work for them are going to get caught up in this political show of the week. It is obvious there is a partisan disagreement in what is keeping the Senate as divided and as incapable of doing real legislative effort. And that is a shame. It doesn't have to be that way, if we mapped out enough time and actually worked across the aisle to try to find the common ground. This is one of those issues where you have to put the politics aside. That is how you are going to win one for struggling entrepreneurs.
There are a couple of places we ought to be able to find that common ground pretty quickly. First, how about for children in America? The example I gave earlier of a mother who makes a decision about a child not playing a sport or a child who comes up with a permanent impairment is replicated tens of thousands of times over across the country. We have 11 million children who have no health insurance at all. Sure, if they get extremely sick, they will wind up being taken care of in a hospital and somebody will ultimately see them, if it isn't too late. But the fact is, by that early screening and by involving ourselves early in their lives, educators and medical experts tell us that kids who are properly fed, who have good nutritional practices as a consequence of their meeting with doctors and mothers, learning about those kinds of things, do 68 percent better in school and, in fact, reduces the cost in the long run because they begin to learn good health practices as a consequence of that exposure.
Why couldn't we be using Health Week to talk about the most fundamental value of all, which is caring for our children and providing every child in America with health insurance? You would reduce unnecessary hospitalizations by 22 percent, and you would replace expensive critical care and inexpensive preventative care. Obviously, we would do much better in the classroom and much better in families if that were the case. We are the richest Nation on the planet. Yet one in four kids in America goes without immunizations. One in three children with asthma don't get the medicine they need. It is unbelievable to me that there is as much talk about family values as we hear in the political dialog, such as it is in the country, but then you have 11 million children who don't have any health care, and the country is content to let it stand.
You could insure every single child in America for less than it costs to roll back the Bush tax cut for the wealthiest people. That is the choice. Every child in America could be covered with health insurance if people earning more than $1 million a year didn't have to get another tax cut. But Washington chooses the tax break for the few who don't need it instead of health care for the 11 million who need it desperately.
A 2005 Mason-Dixon poll found the following: 82 percent of respondents think that every child in America should be covered by a Federal health program, if their parents can't afford it; 90 percent of voters believe that 11 million uninsured children in America is a serious problem and Congress ought to address it and resolve it; 79 percent agree that it is our moral responsibility to ensure health care for every child and for the Federal Government to invest in such programs.
In addition, the poll found that when voters are presented with a description of Kids First, the specifics of the bill that would provide kids with health care, 75 percent of voters support it and support its passage by a margin of three to one. They have said overwhelmingly that providing health care to kids is more important than providing the next round of the tax cuts and making them permanent.
So Americans know what we need to do. There is no more pressing need than improving health care for our children. That is why nearly 25 national organizations representing over 20 million Americans have endorsed the Kids First proposal. When I first sent an e-mail telling people about the Kids First, within 2 days, over 20,000 parents phoned in with recordings of why the Kids First Health Program is important to their families. Let me share one or two of those with you.
Jennifer from Central Islip, NY, called in and said:
I have a child who is on medication . . . that costs me
$250 or more a month. I have children who can't go to the
dentist. You know, it's the worst feeling in the world, as a
mother, to know that in order to afford health care, you're
not going to be able to afford the home you live in.
Jordan from Reading, PA, called in and said:
Nalani . . . my 3-year-old . . . was born with cataracts .
. . Eventually chances are she will be blind. Unfortunately,
times are really hard in my house and we don't have health
insurance and I can't afford to give her the surgery that
will fix the problem that she has. I just can't imagine
growing up knowing that there was a way that you could have
helped. But because nobody thought you were important enough
and because your parents didn't have enough money for health
insurance . . . you went blind.
With calls like this, it is extraordinary to me that Congress continues to offer a blind eye to these cries for help. This program that is being offered, I regret to say, is only going to confound and confuse and make worse the current delivery of health care in America.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I am so happy to come to the floor today because the Senate is finally debating how we can help small businesses across our country afford health care for their employees. Just as…
Mr. President, I am so happy to come to the floor today because the Senate is finally debating how we can help small businesses across our country afford health care for their employees. Just as Senator Gregg has mentioned how important it is to provide benefits to groups who want to invest, and to individuals and companies who want to invest and grow the economy, so too it is critically important that we provide small businesses the ability to invest in themselves. That is what I want to talk about today.
Small businesses are critical to this country. They are critical to rural States such as mine in Arkansas, but they are the engine of our economy in this great Nation. They are the No. 1 employers. That is why it is so important that we get this right, that we provide them with a tool that will allow them to reinvest in themselves and their employees and their communities, so that we can keep that engine going.
I applaud my colleague from Wyoming, Senator Enzi, for all he has done in bringing about this debate. He has worked hard and genuinely on this issue, and I appreciate very much what he has put into this. He has helped us make sure this is not a debate about whether this is a critical issue.
This reminds me of something I was taught by my father who said: If it is worth doing, it is worth doing right. It is worth doing correctly. That is what we are here to talk about today.
I believe very strongly that our small businesses are so important to us--our self-employed individuals in this country have the greatest spirit in the world--and it is so important that we should not offer them a second-rate opportunity. We should offer them the same opportunity we have as Federal employees and Members of Congress: The opportunity to build a pool that will offer them greater access, greater choice at a lower cost, by pooling all of themselves together across this great country, while maintaining the quality, which is what we do for ourselves. We maintain the quality of the product of the health insurance we receive or have access to as Federal employees and Members of Congress, and we should do no less for the small businesses and the self-employed individuals in this great country.
So I hope, as we continue this debate, we will remember those hard- working American families who are depending on us not just to do something, but to do what is right and fair, and offering what we see as fair tax policy and offering what we see as fair access to the same quality product of health care and health insurance that we as Members of Congress get.
The small business health care crisis is undoubtedly one of the issues I hear the most about when I return home to Arkansas. In fact, in every community in our Nation, as well as millions of working families across this country, we are seeing the difficulty of having access to quality health care and health insurance and the ability to pay for that.
There are approximately 46 million Americans currently without health insurance, including 456,000 Arkansans whom I am responsible for in terms of producing a product that is worthy of those individuals. Small businesses are the No. 1 source of our jobs in Arkansas. Yet only 26 percent of the businesses with fewer than 50 employees offer health insurance coverage. Workers at these businesses, which again are the engine of our economy, are most likely to be uninsured. In fact, 20 percent of working-age adults are uninsured in Arkansas. This number is alarming, and addressing this problem should be a national priority, and we should approach it as if we are going to do the best job that we are capable of doing. That is why we are here today, to talk about that.
Mr. President, 224 major organizations are opposed to the proposal that
Senator Enzi has brought before us. Two hundred-and-twenty-four is a huge number: everywhere from diabetes to mental illness to hospital federations. These individuals understand how important the years have been in allowing State insurance commissioners to be able to set mandates in order to cover what is important to individuals in their States, and what is important to small businesses and everyone in those States. Those States have the right and the ability to figure out what is important to them, and the majority of them have agreed on many of these major issues.
Those who lack health insurance do not get access to timely and appropriate health care. We know that, and we see it. We see it in the cost of Medicare when people don't get health care for 20 or 25 years when they are in the working marketplace as a small business owner or employee, and then they become more costly to us when they hit Medicare age because they haven't received the screenings, the timely visits to the doctor, and they haven't been getting the kind of health care they truly need. They have less access to these important screenings. They don't have access to the state-of-the-art technology that exists or prescription drugs, which is another piece of what can help keep down the cost of health care.
Working families need help with this problem. The Institute of Medicine has reported that 18,000 people die each year because they are uninsured. The fact is, being insured does matter. It makes a big difference. It makes a difference in our health care costs. It makes a difference in whether you are going to survive--longevity, the ability to care for your family. It makes a big difference. We have reached a juncture where we are going to debate how we deal with those who are uninsured, whether we are going to give them substandard coverage or whether we are going to give them the coverage that we have.
Again, I commend my colleagues, Senator Enzi from Wyoming and Senator Nelson from Nebraska, for their leadership. I appreciate their hard work on this issue. But I do disagree, because I believe that the devil is in the details on this issue, and I am deeply concerned about the very harsh and unintended consequences that will occur if S. 1955 were to become law.
Senator Durbin and myself have been working together for several years to come up with what we believe is a better health care plan for America's small businesses. What we have done is looked to a 40-year- old tested delivery system, and it is the one that we ourselves use. It is a Federal plan that takes the best of what Government can do and combines it with the best of what private industry can do. The private marketplace and the competition that it can create allows the Government to pool all of its Federal employees and use that pool as a negotiating tool to bring us greater choice at a lower cost.
About 3 years ago, I suppose it was, my staff and I were discussing the way we could help small businesses, and I thought about the way my Senate office operates. It operates much like a small business in my home State and here. As I looked at my employees, I saw that I had two employees, one with 26 years with the Federal Government, another with 30 years with the Federal Government. I had two women who had delivered babies and were on maternity leave. I had some, such as myself, with small children and a husband that is on my plan, and then I had a host of young, healthy staffers who were single. But I had a whole array of different individuals who needed a tailor-made insurance plan for their needs. While there are similarities in our Senate office and small businesses, there are also some obvious differences. One of the most glaring contrasts is access to affordable and quality health care. I saw what my office went through and realized that is what small businesses are going through. I knew we could do better. I knew we could take the plan of what we have and apply it to small businesses.
Last year, more than 8 million people were banded together in the Federal employees purchasing pool, and that gave us choices among 10 national health insurance plans and a variety of local insurance plans, and a total of 278 private insurance plans from the private marketplace. Not government-run--not government-run health care at all--but health care from the private industry, health insurance from the private industry that was created by competition of the multiple Federal employees across the country. It offered us greater access, greater choices at a lower cost.
So I am here to ask this question: Why don't we try to give small businesses access to that same type of private health insurance option that Members of Congress and Federal employees enjoy today? Rather than reinvent the wheel, why don't we create a program for small businesses that is based on our Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan, through the FEHBP, by pooling them, the small businesses, together in one nationwide pool. That is exactly what Senator Durbin and I have proposed in our Small Employers Health Benefit Program. By pooling small businesses across America into one risk and purchasing pool similar to the FEHBP, our program will allow employers to reap the benefit of group purchasing power and streamline administrative costs as well as access to more plan choices. The SEHBP, as we have introduced, lowers costs for small businesses in two key ways: It pools them into one national pool across the country, therefore spreading the risk between the healthy and the sick, the young, the old, those who live and work in the remotest parts of this great land and those who work in the most urban areas. Second, our plan significantly lowers administrative costs for small businesses.
Two economists have estimated that SEHBP would save small businesses between 27 and 37 percent annually, even if they don't take advantage of the tax cut that we offset costs with by insuring lower income workers. We provide a tax cut to small businesses, and for the life of me, I can't figure out why those on the other side of the aisle, for the first time I have ever noticed, will fight a tax cut for small businesses. Providing small business a tax cut to be able to engage in what is such an important tool in getting themselves and their employees insured makes good sense. What a great investment.
Senator Gregg was talking about balancing all of that and the economy. What a great way to balance what corporate America gets and their ability to deduct health insurance costs that they have and small business getting a tax cut for investing in their employees and health benefits for them. Under our bill, employers will receive an annual tax credit for contributions made on behalf of their workers who make $25,000 per year or less. And if the employer contributes 60 percent or more to the health insurance premium of an employee making $25,000 or less, the employer will receive a 25-percent tax credit. And the tax credits increase with the number of people covered and the proportion of premium the employer chooses to cover. Also, the employer receives a bonus tax credit for signing up in the first year of the program, because we know from the example of the Federal employees that the more employees who are in the pool, the greater advantage to everyone concerned. Small businesses will save thousands of dollars--even more-- under our plan.
Segmenting the market into different association pools, as S. 1955 does under Senator Enzi's bill, will not achieve these savings that would be created by instituting one large pool with all of those small businesses and self-employed individuals. Each association will be administering to a separate group with a different administrative structure and different costs, obviously. More funds would be going to administrative costs as opposed to serving the people with a quality health plan. Our SEHBP would have one administrative structure and could pool approximately 53 million workers together, therefore balancing the risk of sick and healthy, young and old, rural and urban, for affordable rates for everybody. Why wouldn't we want to make our pool as big as it possibly could be, as we do with the Federal workers?
I believe our plan takes a real moderate and balanced approach that combines the best of what Government can do with the best of what the private sector can do, and preserving important coverage for preventive health
care treatment such as diabetes supplies, mammograms, prostate screening, maternity and well-baby care, immunization, things that States themselves have decided are important enough to mandate coverage for and ensure that the people of their State are going to get the safe and important coverage of illnesses that are critical to them in their State.
Like the FEHB Plan, our program does not promote Government-run health care, but it harnesses the power of market competition to bring down health insurance costs using a proven Government negotiator in the Office of Personnel Management, OPM, which is the negotiator for our plan. We, once a year, as Federal employees, can choose among 270-plus plans. We are able to actually benefit from that proven Government negotiator and the harnessing of that power.
Our legislation, S. 2510, has been endorsed by many organizations-- the National Association of Women Business Owners, Small Business Majority, the American Medical Society, the American Diabetes Association, the National Mental Health Association, the Cancer Society, and many more that have realized how important it is to use a proven example, a proven structure that maintains quality but helps by pooling and bringing down those costs.
The Mental Health Liaison Group, representing over 35 national mental health organizations, wrote to us and said about our bill:
S. 2510 does not sacrifice quality of coverage for
affordability or allow the offering of second class health
insurance to small businesses. Within the FEHBP program,
small business owners, employees and their family members
would be covered by all the consumer protections in their
home states--including hard-won state mental health parity
laws and mandated benefit laws.
The American Academy of Pediatrics, writing to us on behalf of over 60,000 primary care pediatricians and pediatric specialists, wrote:
Through the benefits of pooling small businesses and
providing tax cuts to small employers, small pediatric
practices will be assisted in the health insurance market
without sacrificing health care services for children.
The American Diabetes Association wrote to us and said:
While other proposals seeking to provide health benefits
for small businesses . . . have exempted or eliminated
coverage for important diabetes care protections, [our bill,]
S. 2510, will allow individuals with diabetes to receive the
important health care coverage they require to remain healthy
and productive members of the workforce.
This is not just about quality of life, although many of us believe that is very important. We as Members of Congress enjoy a quality of life because of the very healthy health insurance program we are offered. We want our small businesses that are vital to our economy to enjoy that same opportunity. But it is also about economics. It is about making sure we keep our workforce, particularly our small businesses and their workforce, healthy and thriving and productive and in the workplace. It is about making sure America's working individuals and working families get the health care they need before they reach 65. When they hit 65 in the Medicare Program, then they are going to be more costly to Government because they are not going to have gotten the health care they needed and deserved in their working years.
I believe our plan is better in so many ways. I am proud we are having this debate, and I hope so many people will realize we can do better. We can do better and make sure we truly elevate small businesses and self-employed people to the same level we hold ourselves, in providing them the access to the same quality type of health care.
Our SEHBP bill offers tax cuts for small employers. Senator Enzi's bill does not. SEHBP relies on a proven program. It is based on the successful Federal Employees Health Benefit Program which has efficiently and effectively provided extensive benefit choices at affordable prices to Members of Congress and Federal employees for decades. For decades, we have had a proven program out there that proves you can harness the competitive nature of the marketplace, and with the oversight of Government and the State mandates, you can actually provide that quality of health insurance at a lower cost. By pooling small businesses together and allowing OPM to negotiate with private health insurance companies on their behalf, they, too, could have access to this wide variety.
On the other hand, Senator Enzi and Senator Nelson's bill establishes a new set of responsibilities at the U.S. Department of Labor, to administer an untried and an untested program. We don't reinvent the wheel. What we do is use what already exists. To invent a new section of the Department of Labor to administer Senator Enzi's bill is going to take time and money. We are not going to know how it needs to be administered through the Department of Labor. They have never done it before. Even the Department of Labor employees currently enjoy benefits from the health insurance program that is negotiated by the Office of Personnel Management. So it is hard to believe they are going to want to go to another system.
SEHBP offers individual self-employed workers the same access to health insurance that is offered to group businesses. SEHBP defines small businesses as groups of 1 to 100, so an individual self-employed person will be treated exactly as a business with 2 or more people. Any business with 1 to 100 employees is eligible to participate in what we are trying to do.
Under Senator Enzi's bill, the self-employed people are not pooled with the small businesses, unless they are mandated by State law. And there are not that many State laws that actually mandate that. But the self-employed people in 36 States, including Arkansas, will not have access to the same negotiated rates of businesses with 2 or more people. They will be pulled out of that pool and rated on their own. That means, if they are younger women of childbearing years or perhaps they are older workers at 50 or 55 and are diabetic, they will be rated completely separate from the pool, which means they will be segregated and treated differently. They don't get to enjoy the benefit of a larger risk pool which could bring down their costs and offer them greater choice.
Our bill also ensures access to health care specialists. Many States have passed laws requiring insurers to cover certain health care providers, including dentists or psychologists or chiropractors. All three of these and many more are required by our State of Arkansas law. I know the people of my State enjoy the assurance they have of knowing that their State regulator, their State insurance commissioner, is looking out for their needs. They can do that better on a State level. That is why we have always left those types of regulatory issues up to our State--because they know and can work.
Can you imagine being a small business, or better yet an employee of a small business, having to call some big, huge, Federal bureaucratic office to request or to complain or to have your concerns heard about what is not covered under your insurance plan? No, they call the State insurance commissioner today, and that is the way it should be. The State insurance commissioner can then respond to the concerns of their constituency and has done so very well over many years.
The coverage for diabetes supplies, mammography, and other important screenings are mandated by State law which would be preempted by what Senator Enzi is trying to do. Many States have passed laws requiring health insurance companies to cover these benefits because insurers simply were not doing it. It did not happen because the insurance commissioners just decided on a whim to do it; it is because the insurers were not covering it. Why do we have to go back and relearn that lesson?
For 40 years, the Federal Government has used the effectiveness of the pool of the 8 million Federal employees and been able to enjoy the protections that are there, guided by State insurance commissioners.
Our bill also prevents unfair rating on gender and health status. Under our bill, health insurers will be prohibited from ratings based on health status--whether you happen to be diabetic, whether you happen to have eating disorders--your gender, or the type of industry in which the employees are working. Under Senator Enzi's rules, that will be all preempted, even for the 15 States that don't allow ratings on these factors.
Our bill also frees employers to focus on running their businesses. They don't
have to go and negotiate these plans through their association or with their association. They are going to get sent a booklet just as we do, once a year, to review all that is available to them, and choices, and then figure out what is best for them. My employees--each of them picks something different. I pick coverage for a family with children. Some of them pick a PPO or an HMO. Some of them pick all different kinds of State plans and others that are offered to them in that process.
Absolutely.
How about if I just go ahead and yield to the Senator from Delaware because as a former Governor, he has some incredible stories to tell, and I think they really add to this debate. I will simply say to my colleagues that I hope they follow this debate very closely and certainly appreciate how important this is to the working families of all of our States.
Mr. President, I thank my colleague from Delaware.
Thank you, Mr. President.
I ask unanimous consent to continue until other Members arrive.
Thank you, Mr. President.
I will be glad to yield the floor when others are ready to speak.
I would like to add that the experience of many of our colleagues, whether they are former insurance commissioners, former Governors and others, brings to this table the understanding what the American people want, what our working families want. I think the debate is that small businesses definitely want more affordable health care. They also want to make sure that what they are providing for themselves and their families and their employees is quality service, quality coverage. That is what they deserve. That is what they want.
Even for those who feel so young and invincible, we also know that they may be one car accident or one diagnosis away from needing more comprehensive health insurance for the rest of their lives.
That is why we want to make sure--as I said in the beginning--that whatever we do is right, that we don't move forward on something that is going to be less productive and in the long run, unfortunately, put more people at risk.
My goal is to help small businesses while not jeopardizing the quality of health care for the 68 million Americans in State-regulated group plans that are already out there. We don't want to do harm there.
The fact is if we move forward on what Senator Enzi wants to do, which is preempting those State regulations and State mandates, we could do tremendous harm for those who are currently insured and the 16.5 million Americans with individual health insurance coverage who would probably lose some quality of coverage which they have.
If it is good enough for Federal employees, and if it good enough for Members of Congress, I think it should be good enough for millions of small business employees who are the economic backbone of communities throughout this Nation.
I applaud my colleagues for coming to the floor for this debate, and I hope we will have a serious debate so we can
move forward and actually do what is right for the American people.
Yes, absolutely.
Show 8 more
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent the next Democratic speakers in order be Senator Dayton, Senator Durbin, and Senator Akaka. Mr. President, at this hour, families are struggling with health…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent the next Democratic speakers in order be Senator Dayton, Senator Durbin, and Senator Akaka.
Mr. President, at this hour, families are struggling with health care. Seniors are facing a critical deadline for drug coverage. Businesses are grappling with the high cost of insurance. And patients are being denied the cutting-edge research that could save their lives. Those are critical issues. And what is the Senate doing? We are dealing with a distraction instead of real solutions to make health care affordable, more accessible, and more innovative.
I am on the Senate floor this evening to talk about what we should be doing to help families and businesses and communities meet their health care needs. I also want to talk this evening about why the Republican proposal, S. 1955, could do more harm than good.
This is a bill which takes a good idea--pooling the risk in health insurance--and distorts it with a plan that will raise the cost of health care, strip away patient protections, and hurt many of our small businesses. But do not take my word for it. Attorneys general from 41 States, including my own, have written to outline the serious problems with the Republican bill. I have heard from doctors with the Washington State Medical Association and from my own Governor about the damage this bill will inflict on patients and on our economy.
Simply put, this proposal is a distraction. Instead of dealing with real solutions to real problems, the Republican leadership is wasting time on one narrow proposal that is only going to make things worse. We can do better. The truth is that patients and seniors, doctors and nurses, and all of our communities deserve better.
If we were serious about reducing the cost of health care, helping to improve access, and driving innovation, we would be talking about the critical issues that the Republican leadership is trying to avoid. We should be focusing on everything from the Medicare drug program, to stem cell research, to community health care. Frankly, we do not have a day to waste.
On Monday, millions of seniors and disabled will be hit with a deadline that means higher premiums for their prescription drugs. That May 15 deadline is just 6 days away. I am hearing from seniors that they are very worried about this deadline. They are worried they are going to pick the wrong plan, and they do not think it is fair to be punished if they need more time so they can make an informed choice.
I have been traveling throughout my home State of Washington, meeting with seniors and holding roundtables with patients, with pharmacists, with advocates.
Three weeks ago, I was in Chehalis, at the Twin Cities Senior Center. I can tell you, seniors are worried. They are angry. They are frustrated. They are frightened about this May 15 deadline, and that deadline is just one of the problems this flawed drug program is presenting.
The week before that, I was in Silverdale, and I have held Medicare roundtables in Kent, Vancouver, Ballard, Shelton, Spokane, Anacortes, Bellevue, Aberdeen, Olympia, Lakewood, Seattle, and Everett. Everywhere, I have heard from seniors about just how bad the Medicare Part D Program is. I have heard their frustration about dealing with such a confusing system. I have heard their anger that this program does not meet their needs. And I have heard from many who just want to throw their hands up in the air and ignore the whole program.
If we were serious about improving health care, we would be fixing the problems they have outlined. Instead, we are going to let an unfair deadline hurt our seniors even further. In just 6 days--in just 6 days--they are going to have to pick a plan or face high penalties whenever they do enroll, and the penalties grow larger the longer they wait. To me, that is just not fair.
Right now, this Senate could be extending the deadline so our seniors are not pressured into making the wrong choice in such a complicated system. Right now, we could be lifting the penalty so that seniors are not punished if they need more time to make the right choice. Right now, we could be providing help to millions of vulnerable Americans who have been mistreated by this flawed Republican plan. But, instead, this Congress is leaving seniors to fend for themselves. The Secretary of Health and Human Services has said he opposes extending the deadline or lifting the penalties, and this
Republican Congress seems to agree with him by a shameful lack of action.
Seniors deserve better. The disabled deserve better. Our most vulnerable neighbors deserve better. If we really wanted to make health care more affordable and more accessible and more innovative, we would be on this floor fixing the Medicare drug program and helping seniors who are facing that unfair deadline.
Now, that is just one example of what a real focus on health care on this floor would include.
If we were serious about helping patients, we would be expanding lifesaving research. For patients who are living with diseases such as Parkinson's or multiple sclerosis or Alzheimer's or diabetes, stem cell research holds the potential to help us understand and to treat and someday perhaps cure those devastating diseases.
Nearly a year ago, the House of Representatives passed legislation to lift the restrictions that hold back this promising research. The House of Representatives has acted, but for an entire year the Senate has not. My colleagues, Senator Specter and Senator Harkin, are well known for their leadership on this fight. They were promised a vote on stem cell research, and that vote has still not taken place. Every delay means missed opportunities for patients with devastating diseases.
If this Senate is serious about health care and saving lives, we should be voting on stem cell legislation today. That is why, last week, I joined with 39 other Senators in writing to the majority leader urging him to bring up H.R. 810, the Stem Cell Research Enhancement Act. But instead of real solutions, the Senate is focusing on a distraction. Patients with life-threatening diseases deserve a lot better.
If we were serious about improving health care, we would be investing in local efforts that boost access to health care.
Two weeks ago, through the Johnson & Johnson Community Health Care Awards, I had a chance to honor leaders from across the country who are doing innovative work to break down the barriers to care. If we were serious about improving health care, we would be building more Federal support for their work. Instead, we are moving in the opposite direction.
Perhaps the best example is the Bush administration's 5-year effort to kill the Healthy Communities Access Program, which is known as HCAP. This is a program which helps our local organizations coordinate care for the uninsured. I have seen it make a tremendous difference in my home State. Well, every year since taking office, this Bush administration has tried to kill that successful program. I have been out here on the floor leading the fight for our local communities every year, and most years we have won. But this past year, the White House and the Republican Congress ended the support for Healthy Communities and thus made health care less accessible for families from coast to coast.
If we were serious about improving health care, we would be investing in local programs that make a difference. But, instead, the Republican leadership is focused on distractions. We can do better than that.
So let me take a few minutes to turn to the specific problems with the bill that is before us, S. 1955, and explain why so many experts across this country are warning us that this bill will eliminate critical patient protections, it will lead to unfair premiums and insurance practices, and it will raise the cost of health care.
First of all, this bill will eliminate many of the important protections that keep patients healthy and lower the cost of health care.
In my home State of Washington, we have enacted a number of State patient protections that require health plans to cover services such as diabetic care, mental health services, breast and cervical cancer screening, emergency medical services, and dental procedures. But under this bill, small business health plans or association health plans would not be required to cover those important benefits. Allowing insurers to abandon mandated benefits, many of which are preventive and are diagnostic, will result in a sicker population and higher health costs for everyone.
When this legislation was debated in the HELP Committee, I offered a number of amendments to provide for coverage of several important women's health benefits. Unfortunately, every one of those amendments was defeated. So now, here we are, and we have a bill on this floor that will strip away the protections on which our patients across this country rely.
A new report by Families USA shows just how many families in my home State will be hurt by this bill. That report found that 1,861,000 residents of Washington State may lose protections if this bill is passed. And what could they lose? Emergency services, home health care, drug and alcohol treatment, contraceptives, diabetic supplies and education, hospice care, mammography screening, maternity services, mental health care--the list goes on. I am not going to tell nearly 2 million people in my home State whom I represent that we are going to take a gamble and risk losing those hard-won protections for a plan that will likely raise the cost of health care for many of our families and small businesses.
Secondly, this bill will encourage insurance companies to charge higher premiums for less healthy consumers. This bill will preempt strong laws and protections in our State that limit the ability of insurers to vary premiums based on health status, age, gender, or geography. I am very concerned this will result in adverse selection or what we call cherry-picking, leading to higher premiums for less healthy consumers. In fact, rates will likely become unaffordable for those who need it the most, potentially increasing the number of uninsured Americans.
Now, Mr. President, I would like to share some letters I have received from leaders in my home State who all speak against this flawed proposal. I ask unanimous consent that these two letters be printed in the Record following my remarks.
Mr. President, recently I received a letter from the Governor, Governor Christine Gregoire of my home State of Washington, in which she expressed many of her concerns regarding this legislation and its impact on the people who live in my home State.
This chart behind me contains the full text of the Governor's letter. As you can see, she has many serious concerns. I wish to highlight for the Senate some of the main points our Governor has raised with me.
Governor Gregoire alludes to the harmful aspects of this bill, and she says:
[S. 1955] stands to harm our small group insurance market,
which is a critical component of [Washington State's] current
health care system. . . .
Instead of promoting more affordable health care, this
legislation would cause a serious increase in rates for
consumers--possibly two or three times over what they now
pay.
Governor Gregoire also warns in her letter to me that:
[this] bill threatens consumer protections that the state
of Washington strives to guarantee to [all of] our residents.
The Governor also warns that this bill:
would foster a proliferation of health plans that do not
cover preventive services that are absolutely vital to the
health and well-being of Washington residents. . . .
Mr. President, I would also like to share a letter that I have received from the 9,000-member Washington State Medical Association that wrote to me in strong opposition to S. 1955.
Now, this chart shows the full letter, and I want to read just a portion of it:
This legislation will have a severe impact on all the
consumer health gains that have been made in Washington State
over the past decade.
S. 1955 will:
Undermine Washington State's many gains in advancing health
care quality;
Pull people from existing insurance coverage rather than
attract the uninsured;
Lead to higher costs for consumers;
Strike down Washington's Mental Health Parity law, which
took eight years of work to be enacted;
Eliminate other mandated benefits that help consumers such
as mammography services; and,
Leave Washington's citizens at risk for unpaid medical
bills in the event of an AHP insolvency.
That is from the head of the Washington State Medical Association, which has 9,000 members in my home
State. I think their words should be heeded by the Members of this Senate.
Third, this proposal does nothing to address increasing health care costs.
In fact, it builds on the sorry record of this administration and this Congress in not addressing the rising costs that Americans face. Because of the flaws I mentioned, this bill does nothing to contain those costs. In fact, it could dramatically increase costs for many businesses and families in Washington State. It could well mean that people in the State of Washington who have affordable coverage today could end up worse off than they are right now.
I know my State has been a leader in working to expand access to affordable health insurance for working families and small businesses. Many of the reforms that worked to control costs in my State would be jeopardized if this legislation is enacted. Washington State has a proud tradition of strong consumer protections and integrated managed care that has improved health outcomes and controlled cost increases. We should not jeopardize what my State has fought hard for by dangerous Federal legislation.
I do support the concept of pooling. I believe we can implement policies that provide stability in health insurance premiums. In fact, I am currently working with a number of my colleagues on legislation to create Federal and State catastrophic cost pools to spread out the risks and address what is driving health care costs. We can help spread the risk in ways that will lower costs and still protect patients. The legislation before us could raise costs for consumers and small businesses. We can do better than that.
There are serious challenges facing our country when it comes to health care. This Senate needs to get serious. Instead of focusing on a distraction, we should be helping seniors with prescription drugs. We should be expanding lifesaving research, and we should be supporting community health care. Those are some of the things we should be working on to reduce the cost of health care and to improve access and to accelerate innovation. We can do all of those things, but we need the Republican leadership to get serious if we are going to provide serious solutions. We don't have a day to waste. I hope we can get to work on the real solutions that our American families deserve.
Exhibit 1
Christine O. Gregoire,
Office of the Governor,
Olympia, WA, April 27, 2006.
Hon. Patty Murray,
U.S. Senate, Washington, DC.
Dear Senator Murray: I am writing with great concern about
S. 1955, the Health Insurance Marketplace Modernization and
Affordability Act, and its potential to further erode our
ability to provide sound health coverage to citizens in
Washington State. This bill stands to harm our small group
insurance market, which is a critical component of our
current health care system. Furthermore, the bill threatens
consumer protections that the State of Washington strives to
guarantee to our residents. For these reasons, I ask that you
oppose the bill in its current form.
When it comes to providing health care, the federal
government has been putting an ever-Increasing burden on the
states. The Deficit Reduction Act, alone, paves the way to
eliminate nearly $50 billion over the next five years for the
Medicaid program. Fresh on the heals of signing the Deficit
Reduction Act, the President unveiled his Fiscal Year 2007
budget proposal, which proposes eliminating $36 billion from
the Medicare program over the next five years. Additionally,
the implementation of the Medicare Part D prescription drug
program has had enormous impacts on the states. Nearly every
state in the Nation--Washington included--felt compelled to
step in to ensure that our most needy citizens, our dual
eligible population, continue to receive their medications
due to fundamental flaws in the Medicare Modernization Act.
Against this backdrop now comes S. 1955.
If passed, S. 1955 would establish a small group rating
mechanism that would further erode the possibility of
pursuing reasonable health care costs in the states. Instead
of promoting more affordable health care, this legislation
would cause a serious increase in rates for consumers--
possibly two or three times over what they now pay. At its
worst, the bill could result in the total collapse of our
small group insurance market, something we must fight to
prevent.
Additionally, I am concerned that S. 1955 would foster a
proliferation of health plans that do not cover preventative
services that are absolutely vital to the health and well-
being of Washington residents, such as mammography,
colonoscopies, diabetic care services, and newborn coverage.
In 2005, the Washington State Legislature passed, and I
signed, legislation providing mental health parity. If
Congress passes S. 1955, the bill could also fully abrogate
this effort to ensure mental health coverage in Washington
State.
It is surprising to me that S. 1955 is moving forward,
given that it is patterned, in part, on a flawed National
Association of Insurance Commissioner's 1993 Model Rating
Law, actually adopted by the state of New Hampshire in 2003.
This proved to be an unfortunate experiment for the people of
New Hampshire. Just this year, that state's Legislature
repealed provisions of its 2003 law due to the astronomical
jump in rates that occurred in only a two-year period after
it was implemented. Given this history that he knows only too
well, my colleague, Governor John Lynch of New Hampshire,
recently registered his opposition to S. 1955 in a letter to
his federal delegation, dated March 28, 2006. New Hampshire's
experience is illustrative and a harbinger of what could come
to all states, should Congress adopt S. 1955.
As Washington State's Attorney General from 1993-2005, I,
along with the majority of my colleagues within the National
Association of Attorneys General (NAAG), opposed several
precursor bills to S. 1955. Introduced in each of the last
several Congresses, these bills allow for the federal
regulation of association health plans (AHPs), and have
passed out of the U.S. House more than once. I appreciate
that S. 1955, in its current form, does away with one fatal
flaw of the earlier AHP bills--that being the wholesale
obliteration of state regulation over national AHPs. But, as
I have articulated, S. 1955 still goes too far in preempting
other basic consumer protections. It is heartening to see
that a majority of current members of NAAG, including
Washington State Attorney General Rob McKenna, have now
weighed in with their concerns and opposition to S. 1955.
As a nation, we need innovative solutions that provide high
quality, sustainable and affordable health care access to our
un- and under-insured populations. With the help of the
Washington State Legislature, I have embarked on a five-point
strategy to promote evidence-based medicine; better manage
chronic diseases; increase prevention and wellness
initiatives; require data transparency; and expand the reach
of health information technology. These strategies invite
strong partnerships between states and the federal government
that I remain committed to pursuing with you. Unfortunately,
proposals like S. 1955, are counterintuitive to the notion of
forging such partnerships and I ask that you reject the bill.
Sincerely,
Christine O. Gregoire,
Governor.
I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, as you spoke on this bill, you inspired me to come back over for another opportunity to talk. To put in context…
I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, as you spoke on this bill, you inspired me to come back over for another opportunity to talk. To put in context why we are here, you have to talk about where we have been this week. We started this week focused on exactly what you raised, and that was the inflation factors that go into health care.
On Monday, we were slated to consider two different proposals. One was a proposal that limited the liability that all medical professionals have, and we have seen liability premiums rise at a rate that is unsustainable for doctors across the country. That bill was quickly questioned as to whether we would bring it to the floor. Some argued that there was no need to; it is not a problem. We were forced to have a vote on whether we could proceed to consider the bill. We didn't vote on the bill. We didn't offer amendments on the bill. We had a vote on whether we could proceed, which requires 60 Members of the Senate to support. We didn't get 60 votes. The American people didn't get cost reductions because some in this body chose not to extend the privilege of debate and the voice of the American people in the amendment process into that bill.
We turned around and we introduced another bill. The bill's coverage applied to those specialists who are OB/GYNs; in other words, individuals who deliver babies, something that is vital in this country.
I know the Presiding Officer is, in fact, an OB/GYN. He delivers babies. He delivered babies throughout his career in the House of Representatives. He would leave the House, he would go home and deliver babies on the weekends so that he could keep his practice alive. He doesn't have the luxury now in the Senate. That is a shame because he was good.
There are communities all across this country that have lost their OB/GYNs, not because they became U.S. Senators but because they can't afford liability insurance anymore. They have been forced to leave rural America and go to urban America where they are under the umbrella of coverage of a large medical institution, in all likelihood affiliated with an academic institution.
What happened on Monday night when we took up liability limitations for those across this country who deliver babies? We didn't get the opportunity to debate it. We didn't get the opportunity to amend it. We had a motion we had to vote on to proceed. Because 60 Senators didn't agree to move forward, that died a quick death. Two bills that addressed substantive ways to cut the cost of health care died in a matter of 1 hour on the Senate floor because people didn't think it was important enough to address things that are inflationary to the cost of health care.
I said shortly after that I was going to come back to the floor because I thought it was important for my colleagues on the Senate floor and people in the gallery and across the country to hear real stories from real Americans.
In North Carolina, we have a lot of people who are suffering today because they lack insurance. So the third part of Health Care Week is to take up a bill that allows small businesses--really the heart and soul of America--to purchase as associations, as groups, to negotiate en masse because they don't get the luxury of the benefits of large corporations to leverage the cost of health insurance. For that reason, many small businesses today can't afford to provide health care and to keep the doors open of their businesses. So they choose to hire folks and to employ them and to pay them but not to extend health care benefits. Those are numbers that are counted in the national uninsured population.
In North Carolina, we have 671,000 small businesses. Small businesses make up 98 percent of the firms in North Carolina. Women-owned small businesses have increased 24 percent since 1997. Hispanic-owned small businesses have increased 24 percent since 1997; Black-owned small businesses, 31 percent; Asian small businesses, 74 percent. Are they any better off because of the categories they are in to provide health insurance for their employees? No, because they are caught in the same problem. They don't employ enough people to negotiate like the larger corporations.
In North Carolina, there are 1.3 million uninsured individuals, and 900,000
of those uninsured individuals are in families or on their own with one full-time worker. One full-time worker is in that house either with a family or is the individual in the house. The opportunity with this one bill is that we will have 900,000 people who potentially have the opportunity for the first time to be covered by health insurance.
Many run to this floor, and they talk about what we need to do as a Congress. They don't really mean we need to pass legislation that creates an affordable health care bill. What they mean is they would like for the Federal Government, through taxpayer funding, to produce a benefit we pay for for anybody who is without health care.
I think we have the right approach. The right approach is to make sure that small businesses can band together, that they can negotiate with the private insurance market, that they can offer a benefit, for the first time for many of them, to their employees, and the retention of their employees is better because that benefit is now extended.
Do you realize that the most expensive benefit that is offered by a business today is health care? It is not retirement, not any of the things that historically we have looked at. The health care benefit is the single most important thing.
I heard the Presiding Officer talk about the future and the fact that our children are the ones paying for Medicare today.
That is, in fact, right. Three things control our competitiveness in the world, and they are health care, energy, and labor. But I guarantee you, when we bring up energy, we are going to be blocked from proceeding because we will try to bring down gas prices and try to come up with things that bring stability in energy. Some would rather see nothing happen on the Senate floor.
I have an individual who is in the appraisal business in North Carolina who wrote to me and said that small businesses need help with insurance. That is in big letters. He says he is now paying $986 per month for his wife and himself. This is for only 60 percent coverage and a $2,500 deductible. He says he knows people with group insurance paying $600 for 80 percent coverage and a $250 deductible, and many of those have dental insurance as well. He said his policy provides none. ``Please help me out.''
This came from a store owner, and it says that as a small business owner, it is important to enable some economy of scale in allowing franchises to obtain more affordable health insurance.
The economies of scale is exactly what we are on the Senate floor to debate. I might add at this time that this debate really didn't start until several hours ago because on the third bill--this bill--we had to vote on a motion to proceed, which we won this time, and we had to delay some 30 hours before we could engage in the amendment process and general debate.
This comes from an individual from Hickory, NC. She said that as a parent and an employer, she knows the importance of having affordable insurance and the financial devastation that occurs when you have no coverage. Unfortunately, there has to be a tradeoff. She says she has only one of two options to keep her doors open: either her employees have no insurance or they receive a livable wage. When there are no viable alternatives for employers to purchase reasonably priced insurance, the losers are her employees.
What are we here debating? We are debating a change from today's policy. What is the choice employees of small business have today? It is a choice between nothing and nothing. That is unacceptable. That is why the chairman, Chairman Enzi, has worked so hard to carefully craft a bill that doesn't bypass those who are charged today with regulating insurance, every State insurance commissioner. But it incorporates them fully and allows products that can be created that, for once, are affordable. Sure, they don't have all the bells and whistles. They don't cover the full scope of coverage that every insurance product has today. But when your options are nothing and nothing, isn't it reasonable to believe that we can have a debate about creating something and nothing? Isn't that, in fact, why we are here?
In South Carolina, there is a textile company, a small business owner in Greenville who says that providing health insurance is becoming an unbearable hardship for small businesses such as hers. She is a widow, self-employed, and her health insurance is an expense she can hardly afford. Like many of her employees, she has a $5,000 deductible, and her monthly premium constantly increases 35 to 40 percent every 6 months. Most would say that is impossible, but I have her name and her address, I have the city in which she lives, and I have her company name. She wrote to me.
It is individuals who are turning to the U.S. Senate now. The House passed it. They are saying: Please produce something for us.
Here is one from Alabama. It is not all North Carolina. This is an owner of a nursing services company who said that the cost to cover one employee is $225 a month, and it is $617 for full family coverage, which is up 6 percent over last year. She recently lost a long-term employee to a larger company because that company could afford to pay 100 percent of the employee's health care costs. She thinks it is simply unfair that we don't do anything.
Janice is from Kentucky. She is the owner of an elevator company. She was hit with an astonishing 60-percent increase in health care premiums in 2002. There are a lot of similarities in the last letter. Some might have thought that is impossible. It is not.
Here is another one. Some of this increase in cost was passed down to employees because her company simply could not absorb all of the costs. If this trend continues, which she fully expects, they will have to drop the coverage she has provided for employees for years.
The writing is on the wall. We need to do something to relieve the pressure for small business in America or the uninsured rolls will increase. The rolls will not decrease because these small business owners cannot afford to continue to supply health care as a benefit.
Here is one from Mississippi. As a new small business owner in Mississippi, he finds it harder every day to make sense of why he pays three times as much for family health insurance as he paid when he worked in the same industry for a large company. He says there needs to be a way for his company to offer his employees similar high-value health insurance that he was offered when working with the big guys at a reasonable rate. Small businesses are at an immediate disadvantage simply because they are small, he said.
I talked earlier today about my election to the House of Representatives, when the Presiding Officer and I came in. I came from what I considered to be a small business, but it was over 50 people. We had adequate health care. I paid 25 percent, and the company paid 75 percent. I got to Washington as a Member of Congress. I found that my choices for health care increased in number, but I thought it was probably most prudent to choose, in fact, the same plan I had in the private sector, the same company, the same plan. I paid the same 25 percent, the Government paid the same 75 percent. What was the one difference? The one difference, now that I was part of 2 million people who worked for the Federal Government, was that my premium went up $50.
You see, there are some that will argue that the only way to solve the health care crisis in America is to have the Government take it over. If you want to solve small businesses' problems, let the Government negotiate a health care plan for them. Well, my experience with the Government negotiating health care is that it costs me more money. I would be willing to bet that most will find that to be the case. Incredibly, nobody is calling my office saying: I wish you guys would negotiate for me, or I wish the Government would take this over. Don't provide me choices, just give me one. I don't want to choose.
This is from Larry in Mississippi, who owns a small company. He has little buying power and few affordable options for health care. It is similar to what has happened in so many States, where one insurer controls more than 75 percent of the small-group market. This lack of competition resulted in an 80-percent increase in the last 2 years for his John Deere dealership.
I will tell you what, if there is anybody I would work hard for to find him
a deal on health insurance, it is a John Deere dealership. He increased the deductible from $250 to $2,500. He says that if he doesn't receive relief soon, he will be forced to drop all insurance coverage or lose his business. So he has an option: He can close the door, and everybody who works for him would be out of business.
You see, we are here because today the choice that small businesses and their employees have is a choice between nothing and nothing. All we are here to do is to suggest that we engage in this bill and that we have an up-or-down vote about something. Nobody will see this as a silver bullet that solves the health care crisis, as the Presiding Officer said earlier. That will take a much more in-depth engagement, a much more difficult debate on the Senate floor. We really will bring in the experts as we try to provide the changes that are needed so our children have the same benefits we have. But it doesn't make me too optimistic if we cannot solve this simple thing that so many small businesses are experiencing today.
Here is one from Virginia, not too far from us. The owner of a small industrial service firm is facing a crisis trying to provide health insurance for employees. His small business, with 20 employees, has struggled for the past 10 years to provide a health benefit plan. He has been able to continue to provide this insurance only by reducing coverage, raising individual office fees, and asking his employees to pay a higher share of the monthly premium. Underwriting penalties for small groups and rising medical costs and increasing mandates from government are collectively squeezing his small business to the point where meaningful health coverage will simply not be affordable.
I thought our job was to try to bring more people under the umbrella of coverage. I thought that was the objective, to try to create new products, create more affordable products, make sure that health care is not just more affordable but more accessible.
Here we are on the Senate floor with one of the most carefully crafted bills I have ever seen--a bill that a group of actuaries from a well-respected firm found would reduce health insurance costs for small business by 12 percent in today's dollars. That is $1,000 per employee. Is somebody in this institution telling me that small business employees across the country don't want to save $1,000 or that they don't want to have the opportunity to have less of their out-of-pocket money go to health care coverage or that we should ignore a well- respected actuary?
By the way, the actuary also found that S. 1955 would reduce the number of workers who are uninsured by about 8 percent, or 1 million people. This would automatically bring a million people under the umbrella of coverage. That hits home to me because I have 1.3 million uninsured in North Carolina. I have 1.3 million uninsured individuals, and 17 percent of North Carolina's population is uninsured today; 16 percent are uninsured nationally in this country.
Do you realize that only 205,000 of those 1.3 million uninsured are part-time workers? There is this belief that that number includes all part-time workers. If we could just make sure Wal-Mart supplied health insurance, this would all be over. No. The majority of mine--1.1 million--in all likelihood work for small businesses. They are uninsured. And 900,000 of them certainly are in a family where they could have a chance at health care coverage if, in fact, we pass this bill.
The Congressional Budget Office has also looked at the bill, and they found similar numbers of newly uninsured Americans. If S. 1955 were signed into law, CBO estimates that nearly 750,000 more people would have private health insurance than under current law. I guess that is the key. I guess some don't want there to be private health insurance. When we leave the marketplace alone, when we set it up so it is fair, it is amazing what competition does.
As a gentleman from Mississippi said, when one company controls 75 percent, where is my negotiation point? We are talking about letting national associations band together. We are talking about potentially shopping for national coverage, with national firms, but letting the State insurance commissioner regulate the product. I am not sure there is a downside to that, unless the downside is that we have now brought more individuals under the umbrella of coverage and this issue begins to diminish from a standpoint of the politics that comes along with health care.
Mr. President, I am going to end for the evening. I will not end for the debate, though. I still continue to get letters into my office that are real stories about real people. I think many times real people are forgotten on the floor. We get so wrapped up in the debate of issues that we forget that everything we do here affects somebody in this country or in the world.
Each time we stop long enough--maybe this weekend; I am not sure we will finish this bill this week; I hope we do--we figure out who these uninsured are. Maybe everybody will take an opportunity to go to a small business if they haven't visited one in their State, and they can ask those small business owners: What is the health care market like for your employees? I have a feeling what they are going to hear is what I have shared with you from real businesses, real owners about real people who can't afford what is available to them today.
There are in North Carolina 671,000 small businesses that desperately want a choice of something. Today all they have is nothing versus nothing. Their employees have nothing or nothing. Not a very good choice.
I am glad we are on this bill. I am glad the 30 hours is over. I commend Chairman Enzi for legislation that is incredibly well crafted. It is focused exactly where it needs to be, and that is to make sure plans are not cherry-picking, to make sure that regardless of the money that is available, there is a health care option so an employer and their employees can decide whether it is, in fact, affordable.
At the end of the day, it is my hope that Members of this very historic institution will remember the folks back home who sent them here, that they will remember the next generation we are obligated to represent, that we have an obligation today to make sure individuals who want to be covered have an affordable option to be covered, to make sure we fix some of the problems so the next generation, our kids, don't fight the same challenges we fight today.
I am convinced this debate will continue, and at the end of the day, I am convinced the American people will win regardless of what the intent is of some in this institution.
Mr. President, I yield the floor, and I suggest the absence of a quorum.
The PRESIDING OFFICER (Mr. DeMint.) The clerk will call the roll.
Mr. President, while he is still on the floor, I say to my colleague from Wyoming, I think from all of us, I thank him for taking an earlier position on the health plan bill that passed the House. In…
Mr. President, while he is still on the floor, I say to my colleague from Wyoming, I think from all of us, I thank him for taking an earlier position on the health plan bill that passed the House. In my view, and I think in the view of lot of us, it was badly flawed. Thanks for the Senator's efforts over an extended period of time, along with our colleague, Senator Nelson of Nebraska, to take that product and make it better, and for your willingness to work I think in conjunction with Senator Snowe to improve on it further, to be responsive to the concerns that a lot of us are raising, I wanted to go on the record.
As I said yesterday--and I will say it in front of my colleague--I find that he and Senator Nelson of Nebraska are two of the most thoughtful Members we have in the Senate. It is a pleasure working with you.
One of the disappointments that I find around here is sometimes even when we appear to agree on things, it is hard to get anything done. In this case, there appears to be pretty good agreement that if we could somehow find a way to harness market forces, we could bring down health care costs for small business and their employees and find a way to pool the purchasing power of those small businesses and our employees could maybe bring down health care costs and get a better selection of options from which to choose.
There has been a fair amount of discussion today and the days leading up to this debate over mandated coverage that certain States offer. I will give an example of one State in our experience with respect to mandates.
Before I came here, in my last job I was Governor of Delaware for 8 years. Roughly 10 or 12 years ago we learned, to our alarm and dismay, that Delaware had the highest rate of cancer mortality in the country. We also learned at the same time that while we had the highest rate of cancer mortality in the country, we did not have
the highest rate of cancer incidence. In fact, we were at number 20 or so.
We looked at those numbers and sort of scratched our head about them to figure out why we were No. 1 in cancer mortality--which is the last place you want to be--and number 20 or so with respect to the incidence of cancer.
We pulled in some people a lot smarter than me to look over those results and asked: What is going on here? Why the high cancer mortality number, particularly in light of the fact that cancer incidence is more like the middle of the pack?
After assessing the situation for a while, they said: We conclude-- and we are fairly sure of this--the problem is, in your State, in Delaware, you do not do a very good job of early detection and treatment of cancer. If you want to bring down your cancer mortality number to be closer to your cancer incidence number, you have to do a better job of early detection and treatment.
We took that charge seriously. We went to work in three areas: The first of those, Delaware at the time, was one of the higher ranking States in terms of incidence of smoking, tobacco usage. We said one of the things we want to do is reduce the use of tobacco products. We decided to start with young people to reduce the likelihood young people will start smoking and continue to smoke. We made it more difficult for them to have access to tobacco products. We also reduced the opportunities for people to smoke indoors, an effort that continued under my successor.
The second thing we did was, with respect to expanding the opportunity for people to find a health care home by expanding opportunities for people to participate in Medicaid and the SCHIP Program for young children, partnership between the State of Delaware and the Federal Government as other States participated, too.
The third thing we decided to do was to say maybe we ought to have health insurance plans in our State offer as part of their package screening for certain kinds of cancer. For example, mammography screening for breast cancer, colorectal screening, cervical cancer screening, and a couple of others. We did all those things roughly 10 years or so ago. Every year we have had an opportunity to find out how we are doing with respect to cancer mortality and cancer incidence.
I have a chart. Delaware is small, so rather than use 1 year's numbers we look at 5 years. We have a 5-year rolling average. We went back to 1989 to 1993, when Delaware was No. 1 in cancer mortality. In the next 5-year period, 1990 to 1994, we were No. 1. In 1992 to 1996 we were No. 1, and so on. During the 1990s and into the decade we start out No. 1. We were the first State to ratify the constitution and our State slogan, which is ``We are the first State.'' We like to think it is good to be first. This is one thing we do not want to be first in.
The State that was No. 1 in cancer mortality for too many years started to drop by 1997 when we fell down to No. 2, and we continued to drop so that by the year 2000 we were down to No. 5.
I am happy to report standing before the Senate today that in the most recent numbers which I think run up through 2003, we dropped out of the top 5. We might still be in the top 10, but we know we are not in the top 5, and certainly not No. 1. We are heading in the right direction. I will not be happy until we are No. 50.
I would like my colleagues to consider that all of our States are different. Delaware is different. Wyoming is different from Oklahoma. We all have different priorities. We had a real problem in Delaware. We still have a significant concern with respect to cancer mortality. We developed a good game plan and we implemented that game plan. And lo and behold, it is working. It is actually working. We want to make sure it continues to work.
Reducing cancer mortality is like the Navy guys changing the course of an aircraft carrier, turning an aircraft carrier. The same is true as we try to reduce cancer mortality. It is a slow process. It is not an easy process. It takes time. If you stick with it, you can turn aircraft carriers. You also can bring down cancer mortality numbers.
How does this relate to the debate today? It relates because an earlier version of the association health plan legislation passed by the House any number of times does not let us do in Delaware what has proven to be successful in reducing cancer mortality. Even with the efforts of Senator Enzi and Senator Nelson, as this bill came to the floor, it did not let us continue in Delaware requiring the screenings for mammography, screenings in colorectal, prostate, and cervical cancer. It does not help us do those things.
With the amendment that may be offered or suggested by Senator Snowe, we can do some of this stuff, not all of it but we can do some of it. Particularly the breast cancer screenings would be allowed to continue, maybe one of the others.
The reason I bring this up, I want to keep in mind that States are different. What we have focused on in Delaware is what works--what works to reduce unemployment, what works to improve student outcomes, what works to get people off of welfare roles, what works in a variety of things. This is a multipronged approach that worked in reducing cancer mortality.
Let me talk more about the Enzi-Nelson preliminarily with respect to the Lincoln-Durbin proposal. They actually share some things in common, as I said earlier. They both say: Health care costs are a major problem in this country. They are a problem for little businesses; they are a problem for big businesses.
As we watch my generation aging and look to the future, when the boomers are in full retirement--and I might add, the generation of the Presiding Officer is in full retirement--we will see Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security which today account for roughly 8 percent of gross domestic production, by the time our generation is in full retirement, 25 or 30 years, I am told that Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security may well consume something like 16 percent of gross domestic production. The amount of spending for those three programs alone is roughly equal to 16 percent of our gross domestic production as a country.
If you look back over the history of our country, in the last 50 years or so we spend as a percentage of gross domestic product something like 18 or 19 percent of gross domestic production to run the whole Government. If we are looking at 25 years or 30 years down the line where we are spending 16 percent of gross domestic production just to run three programs, with nothing for the environment, nothing for housing, nothing for defense, nothing for homeland security, nothing for education, that is a scary prospect.
So the concerns we have about finding a way to constrain the growth of health care costs are not just a concern of small or large business but a great concern for those in the public sector who worry about how to continue to fund and offer benefits through Medicare and Medicaid.
Senator Enzi took a few minutes to talk about the Durbin-Lincoln proposal. The proposals are similar in a couple of respects: One, they say rising health care costs are a major concern. They are a concern not just for government, for big business, but a concern to small businesses.
Wouldn't it be great if we could find a way to somehow combine the purchasing power of a lot of small employers across the country and their employees, much as we do for Federal employees? All Federal employees do not work for one employer. We work for hundreds of agencies. The Senate is an agency. The House is an agency. We have the courts around here that are separate courts and agencies.
Throughout the country we are, in a way, sort of like small businesses. We talk about being three branches of Government, but we actually are, in a sense, small employers. There are big employers among us, bigger agencies, such as Defense, but there are a lot of small agencies that are much like a small employer.
What we have done to be able to constrain the growth of health care costs for Federal employees is to find a way, working with the Office of Personnel Management, to pool our purchasing power, to get a whole lot of health insurance products available to be offered to us, to give us the opportunity to shop among them and figure out what works for each of us best, what we can afford, the kind of benefits we are looking for, and then we can pick
and choose. We end up with a great cross section of product to choose from. Given the kind of purchasing power we have, we are able to constrain the cost of coverage. We have to pay something, I think it is about 25 percent of the cost of our coverage. But it is, frankly, a lot lower premium than otherwise it would be if we did not have the purchasing power pool.
When you add active Federal employees and Federal retirees, you add in all the families, we are talking about a lot of people, maybe as many as 6, 7, 8 million people, and it gives us a chance to have a real impact on what is available in terms of coverage and how much that coverage is going to cost.
Senator Enzi raised a question about the cost of the Lincoln-Durbin plan. The Lincoln-Durbin plan is different from where it was initially introduced, as I understood it. There is a tax break in their plan from which the cost arises.
He mentioned the cost over 10 years as much as $50 or $60 billion. It is a tax cut for smaller businesses that offer coverage for their employees. The reason there is a cost associated with the Durbin- Lincoln plan is because of that tax cut. Ironically, some of my colleagues have suggested that is one of the few times they recall our Republican friends being opposed to a tax cut. I know there are tax cuts they are opposed to, but that is the reason there is this cost. It is considerable.
In the conversation we had earlier this afternoon, I was sharing with my friend, Senator Enzi, it involves Senator Lincoln, myself, Senator Salazar of Colorado, and a number of folks from the business community who were gathered around just to have a good discussion about the problems we face in trying to look for some common ground.
I said to Senator Enzi when I came to the Senate a bit ago, we had a side bar conversation while another colleague was speaking. It is too bad that conversation we had with the business community in Senator Lincoln's conference, too bad we did not have that 12 months ago or 12 weeks ago. He shared with me a conversation that occurred maybe 9 months or so ago that involved him and some of my colleagues on this subject.
Senator Enzi is good, as are Senators Durbin and Lincoln, in reaching out to the other side and trying to find common ground. We need to find common ground. I remain convinced I am one of the people who, like Senator Enzi, sees the glass half full even when it is almost dry. As to this issue today, I think the glass is at least half full.
I cannot help but think, given the good will on both sides, that if guys like me and gals like Senator Lincoln and guys like Senators Nelson and Enzi and Durbin put it in their minds, we could find a way to further reduce the differences between our respective proposals.
I do not know what is going to happen when we vote. I guess we are going to vote on cloture tomorrow, I am told. I am not sure what is going to happen. I don't know if the debate will basically continue or, because of that, sort of end for now. If it does, I hope the discussion actually will begin in earnest, and discussion, certainly, with the principals on both sides who have interests in this issue, and that out of that discussion we come to a more satisfactory resolution.
One of the problems we have on our side--and I think Senator Enzi has heard this before--is sometimes, even when we pass what we think is a pretty good bill in the Senate, and we go to conference with a much different bill from our friends in the House, when the conference is created between the House and the Senate, we, as Democrats, are not always full participants in those conferences, and what comes out at the end of the day does not look a whole lot like what we passed in the Senate, or at least not enough. That is going to be a concern. And I just need to say that.
But having said that, we will cast our votes tomorrow and see what happens with respect to them. But I would say to my friend Senator Enzi, my hope is that if we do not come to resolution and this is an issue that continues to be outstanding. It is too important just to let it die. I hope we will have an opportunity--whether it is tomorrow or next week or the weeks after that--to find a common ground and get something done.
Mr. President, I brought these charts. We might as well use them. Actually, I think for a guy from Delaware they are actually pretty interesting. I do not know what these numbers look like in Wyoming. But when you look at the leading causes of death in my State--this chart goes back to about, oh, Lord, a dozen years or so. In the early part of the 1990s, about 32 percent of the folks who died in our State died from heart disease, about 26 percent died from cancer, 6 percent died from strokes, 4 percent died from chronic lower respiratory disease, 4 percent died from accidents, and 3 percent died from diabetes, and 25 percent died from ``all others.''
Keep in mind, in the early 1990s, cancer was right around 26 percent, heart disease was 32 percent.
Let's see what it looked like a decade later. Heart disease was at 32 percent, now it is down to 29 percent; and cancer, which was at 26 percent, is now down to 24 percent. The rest are pretty much the same, although ``all other'' is gaining. In fact, ``all other'' is in first place now, whatever ``all other'' is.
We are real pleased to see the drop in the number of cancer deaths. Does that sound like a lot over a 10-year period of time, to drop from 26 percent down to 24 percent? It is not. But as I said earlier, it is a little bit like changing that aircraft carrier. The numbers have dropped. We are convinced we are doing something right, and we want to continue what seems to be working.
I have a couple of other charts, and then I will close. This is a chart that goes back to the beginning of the 1980s--1980 to 1984--and up to 2002. The red numbers are the cancer mortality rates for the country, and the numbers above are cancer mortality rates for Delaware, starting in the early 1980s and going to the early part of this decade.
As you can see, the gap by around 1990--the early 1990s--the gap right here, was pretty large, back here, but it is even larger here. That is when we started doing something different, changing up our game plan in Delaware. And we are still above the national average here, but it is about half of what it was a decade or so ago. So we are convinced we are on the right path.
One more chart. My staff thinks this is not a very good chart, and maybe it is not. I kind of like it. Let's see if I can get it straight. We look here at the percentage of the reduction in cancers. It dropped between the early 1990s and the early part of this decade. The mortality rate of all cancers in Delaware went down by about 13 percent--a drop in all cancers.
The cancer mortality rate in the United States during the same period went down about 7 or 8 percent. The drop in the lung cancer mortality rate in Delaware, over the last decade, was, again, by about 13 percent. In the country, it went down by about 5 percent, in this same period of time. Colorectal deaths went down in our State by over 15 percent over that 10-year period of time, and down about 12 percent in the country. Breast cancer deaths in Delaware went down, in the last decade or so, by about almost 20 percent. In the country, it went down by about 12 or 13 percent.
And for guys like us--Senator Enzi and my colleague, the Presiding Officer--this is a real attention getter. For prostate cancer, the mortality rate in our State, in the last decade, went down by almost 50 percent, in Delaware, as compared to the rest of the country, which was about half that, roughly 25 percent.
I think that is a pretty good chart, and I am glad it was made up for us to look at.
The point I want to make is, actually sometimes we have these mandates, along with other things I mentioned earlier, and some positive things do happen in our respective States.
We are pleased with the progress we have made, and we have a long way to go in Delaware. We want to make sure we have the tools to be able to continue in that vein.
I have said my piece. I look forward to seeing how the smoke clears and what things will look like after tomorrow. We will just take it from there.
I yield back my time. Thank you, Mr. President.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded. Mr. President, something is wrong when 45 million Americans, 8 out of 10 of them in working families, cannot…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that the order for the quorum call be rescinded.
Mr. President, something is wrong when 45 million Americans, 8 out of 10 of them in working families, cannot afford access to quality health insurance. This past weekend I met a woman in Des Moines who has been without health insurance for herself and her daughter since her husband died several years ago. She works hard as an administrative assistant in a small law office. She lives, like many Iowans, from paycheck to paycheck. She cannot afford private health insurance and she makes too much money to qualify for the State's Children's Health Insurance Program or Medicaid. This has consequences. She has not had any screenings or preventive care in years. Her daughter does not go to the doctor regularly, despite the fact that their family has a long history of diabetes and cancer. She knows she is at risk but cannot do anything about it. What happens to her if she gets sick?
Many people believe the United States has the best health care system in the world--the best treatments, the best medical technology, the best pharmaceuticals. But this is a cruel joke to the uninsured, including more than 8 million children, because they are forced to make do with substandard care or none at all. The result is a paradox. The United States has a world-class health care system, but we fall behind most industrialized countries when our general health outcomes are
measured. In 2000, the World Health Organization ranked our health care system 37th in outcomes that our health system provides. Just this week, CNN reported a new study which found that the U.S. ranked next to last in infant mortality among industrialized countries.
Bear in mind again that health insurance is not just about seeing a doctor when you are sick; it is about prevention as well. If you have insurance, you are more likely to have a relationship with a doctor or health care specialist who knows you and your health history. You are more likely to have access to preventive care so that chronic disease can be prevented in the first place. Without health care coverage, minor illnesses turn into major ones and small incidents turn into chronic conditions. Once this happens, it becomes almost impossible to afford quality health insurance without restrictions on benefits.
That is why this debate is so important. This week we are considering a major overhaul of the insurance system in an effort to help provide health care coverage to small business owners and their employees. I applaud the goal, but this particular legislation before us now is sorely lacking and will not provide access to quality health care at affordable prices.
I oppose the bill before us for the following reasons:
First, the bill eliminates consumer protections found in current State regulations, including in Iowa. In Iowa, under the bill, 840,000 consumers would lose coverage for diabetes testing supplies and education, emergency services, mammography screenings, State mental health parity, and well child care. They would also lose guaranteed access to dentists, nurses, nurse practitioners, and other providers. Iowa does not have a laundry list of coverage services. Iowa State regulations guarantee quality insurance. But S. 1955 would do away with the compromises that were worked out at the State level to guarantee quality.
Secondly, the supporters of this bill argue that the bill would lower insurance premiums for small businesses. What they don't tell you is that it comes at a cost. Many people, especially those who are older and sicker, would see their insurance premiums increase under the legislation, even with the changes found in the managers' amendment. CBO found that insurers will charge significantly higher premiums to those who are sicker, older, and otherwise less favorable to insurance companies. They will do this in order to reduce health insurance premiums for small firms with workers who have relatively low expected costs for health care. Imagine the shock of business owners all across America, including many I have met with recently in Iowa, when they are billed for the first insurance premiums under the new bill.
So keep in mind, of course, you can always get cheaper insurance, but what does it cover, at what cost, and what are the premiums going to be for the person who is covered?
Third, and importantly, this bill would undermine State efforts to guarantee coverage for preventive services. As I have often said many times, we don't have a health care system in America, we have a sick care system. If you are sick, you get care. But we spend precious little money and we have very few incentives for keeping people out of the hospital, keeping them out of the doctors' offices, and keeping them healthy in the first place. This bill would make it worse. In short order, insurers would offer stripped-down policies that do not cover preventive services. The result would be the elimination, as I said, of cancer screenings, well child care, mental health services, access to certain physicians or nurses or other providers such as chiropractors, for example, who might give you good care and keep you from getting a chronic condition, something that might cause you to have an operation in the first place. So importantly, this would mean elimination of benefits for everyone, not just small business.
Americans should have access to quality, affordable health care coverage. Coverage that is stripped down is not sufficient, and we shouldn't settle for it. People's lives, their livelihoods, their ability to contribute to society will all be undermined if they are not healthy.
I met with small business leaders in Iowa. Of course they want relief from high insurance premiums or from not even being able to get policies at all for their workers. We all do. Small business is the backbone of my State. And they need--they need--to have some kind of insurance coverage for their workers. With regard to this bill, what I have said to them is, don't think it is this bill or nothing. I also ask them: Are you willing to lose access to quality health insurance? Just check with the American Cancer Society. We have cancer societies in our small towns and communities all over America. People who run small businesses contribute heavily to our local cancer societies. But here is what the American Cancer Society said:
In one stroke, this bill would erase all that state
legislatures have done to prevent and more effectively treat
cancer by ensuring access to life-saving screenings for
breast, colon, and prostate cancer, cancer specialists
coverage for evidence based off label drug use, clinical
trials, and proven smoking cessation services.
That is from the American Cancer Society about this bill.
I ask all my friends; I ask anyone who has had a history of cancer in their families: Would you want insurance that doesn't cover screenings for breast cancer or colon cancer or prostate cancer?
How about the American Diabetes Association. We know that diabetes is hitting people younger and younger all the time. We have to do something to prevent diabetes. But here is what the American Diabetes Association said about this bill:
We must ask ourselves how people with diabetes will be able
to pay for a disease that costs an average of $13,243 per
person to manage. Unfortunately, it will be our emergency
rooms and Medicaid system that are forced to pay.
I ask my friends who are diabetic or who have family members with diabetes: Would you want insurance that doesn't cover diabetes-related services?
Those are just two examples, but there are many others. So, again, it is not this bill or nothing. There is a better option out there that will guarantee coverage for these services and at the same time provide small business access to quality insurance.
One realistic solution that I support would be to give small businesses the option of joining a program modeled after the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program. That is the program that covers us here and we love it, believe me. All Senators, all Congressmen, Supreme Court Justices, all our Post Office people--anybody who has anything to do with the Federal Government belongs to the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program. It is great coverage. Why shouldn't small businesses have access to the same kind of program we have?
That is why I have joined with Senators Durbin and Lincoln to introduce S. 2510, the Small Business Health Benefits Plan. Here is why this bill is superior to the bill we have before us:
First, it would create a larger purchasing pool, a nationwide pool, rather than the fragmented pools that will be created under S. 1955. A national pool would reduce insurance rates for everyone.
A few years ago, before I came to this place, I sold insurance. There is a principle in insurance that we all know: The more people in the pool, the cheaper it is for everybody. It is one of the fundamental principles of insurance. The more people in the pool, cheaper it is for everyone. So you want a big pool when you are dealing with health care.
S. 1955, the bill before us, sets up thousands and thousands of small pools. But the Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan is one big pool. So if you have that national pool, insurers will be able to offer a range of plans such as we have now. Every year we have open season and I can choose from--I don't know, I didn't count last time--maybe about 18 different plans. But the Office of Personnel Management would negotiate the rates and benefits offered under the plans.
Should they do that? OPM has been negotiating with private plans for decades. They have consistently negotiated better rates for Federal employees than have been achieved in the non-Federal market.
All the Senators here, all those who love the free market system--you will hear speech after speech praising the
free market system, but everyone here belongs to the Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan, and OPM is the one that manages the rates and negotiates the rates in these plans. As I said, they are better than anything that has ever been achieved in the non-Federal market.
Second, our bill offers a tax credit to small employers that would help offset the cost of premiums for employees if they make $25,000 a year or less. S. 1955 doesn't do this. There are no tax breaks for small businesses in S. 1955. There are more than 26 million Americans making $25,000 or less working in small businesses. Of those, 12 million, or 40 percent, are totally uninsured. That is what we want to get at.
I will be glad to go to any small business with those who are advocating S. 1955. We will take S. 2510 and we will take S. 1955, we will lay it out there and let the small business owner decide which one they would want to have. I would love to see that happen. I tell you I know what would happen: They would pick S. 2510, the one I am talking about, the one that would give them a tax break for covering and would provide quality insurance.
Third, our bill does not preempt State consumer protection laws. S. 1955, the bill before us, would do away with the guarantees I discussed, the guarantees of preventive services such as breast cancer screening, mammography, cancer, prostate screening, things such as that. By contrast, our bill would keep State insurance laws where they are. The insurance would cover mammograms, cervical cancer screening, diabetes testing supplies, immunizations, and on and on.
If you are a small businessperson and you happen to be watching this session and you are listening to my remarks, you are probably saying: Senator Harkin, that all sounds good. Why don't you get S. 2510, the bill you are talking about, up for a vote?
Welcome to the unreal world of the Senate, when we are not allowed to do things such as that. We have S. 1955. The majority leader has, if you will pardon the expression, filled the tree. That is sort of gobbledygook around this place which means they have blocked us from offering any amendments, and then we are supposed to vote on cloture on the bill, which means debate comes to an end on the bill and you can't file anything that is not germane.
Tomorrow night we are going to be asked to vote for cloture on it? I am not going to vote for cloture on that. If you want to have an open Health Week here and you want to bring out S. 1955, leave it wide open so we can offer S. 2510 and we can have a debate on it and have up-or- down votes. I am all for that. I think the small business community in America ought to know that we are not being allowed to bring up our bill for amendment and discussion. I think our bill would pass. I think the small business community would support it.
But as I have understood, being out in Iowa last weekend and as I talked with small business owners, they have sort of been led to believe it is S. 1955 or nothing. And of course they will take S. 1955. If I thought that was all there was, I would probably take it, too. But that is not the option before us. We have better options than S. 1955. We have the option of S. 2510, the bill I spoke about, introduced by Senator Durbin and Senator Lincoln.
Again, it is unfortunate--not for us. It is not unfortunate for us. We have great health care coverage. We have great health care coverage. It is not unfortunate for us but unfortunate for the small business owners and the 25 million Americans who work for small businesses--12 million who do not have any insurance at all. This is what is unfortunate. It is unfortunate that this bill has been brought up in a way that makes it impossible for our side to amend it.
Besides getting a vote on our bill, I was prepared to offer a series of amendments that focused on preventive care. I think if we are going to have a Health Week and we are going to have a bill, I want to start focusing on preventive care. We know it saves money. But we can't do that, either.
Count me as one who will not vote for cloture on this bill tomorrow, but count me as one who wants to have an open debate and amendment on a health insurance program that will be beneficial to our small businesses. I am sorry we are not going to be able to do it now.
Again, we are supposed to have a Health Week. Yet tomorrow I guess we will take all day tomorrow talking about the tax reconciliation bill, and then we are not going to be here Friday. What kind of Health Week is this? What kind of Health Week is it when we are not allowed to offer amendments and debate preventive health care, offer a different bill for the one before us?
I think the small business owners of America now know what is going on. I have heard from some who basically have been supportive of S. 1955 and they are backing off of it. They are saying no, we would rather have your bill, we would rather have the one that provides us with some tax credits so we can go out and join a bigger pool like the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program; so we can join a big pool and we can have preventive services; we can have the State mandates that are there now that cover quality. They would rather have that bill.
But I am sorry we probably will not be able to get it done this year and I think, as I said, that is not just unfortunate for us--heck, we have the best health care coverage. We have great health care coverage. The health coverage we have ought to be available to every American out there.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, will the Senator yield?
He is a gentleman, and a good friend. I know he is serious about this because he is a small business owner himself.
As I said earlier--and I want to make sure we are clear--that under this gobbledygook, the filling of the tree--no one understands what we are talking about out there--because of the way the bill is laid down, the majority leader, under the rules of the Senate, today offered amendments to the bill so that we can't offer amendments. There is no way we can now offer amendments. If cloture is invoked tomorrow, then we have 30 hours on the bill, and that tree could stay filled. So we can never offer an amendment to this bill. We would then have a final vote on S. 1955 without being able to offer any amendments. Is that not so?
Inform me.
That is the problem with this whole cloture process. Why didn't we try to reach a time agreement and an agreement on how many amendments would be offered? As I understand it, our side was willing to do that. Then we would not have this problem of cloture where we are precluded then from offering amendments.
As the Senator pointed out, if S. 2510 is offered, I don't know what would happen after that. The Senator said it wouldn't be offered. This whole thing with the cloture has screwed up everything.
I say to my friend, I think if agreements were made with this side and the other side, we could agree on time limits and structures without having this on us.
I also say to my friend, I think we should take 3 weeks to debate health care. We have been wasting so much time around here doing nothing. Now tomorrow we have tax reconciliation. So my friend from Wyoming is getting a day cut out of his deal. I think we ought to take 3 weeks to debate health care around here. It wouldn't bother me any.
I ask my friend, what was the vote on the motion to proceed?
Then there was no problem with that.
We didn't have to wait 3 days to get the vote.
It is beyond my pay grade, too. I wasn't involved in that.
That is a shame.
If we get cloture, we have 30 hours. Every Senator gets one 1 to speak. That is putting handcuffs on people; 30 hours, run the clock out. One person can get up and offer an amendment and that could be the only amendment we would have for that 30 hours. That is the way things work under cloture. It is not a good way to proceed. I think that is why some of us are upset. We want to help small business. I think there is a fair debate to be had between S. 1955 and S. 2510, with amendments. But somehow we are told that we are going to do this in 1 week. Monday is shot. We didn't do anything Monday. We had two votes Monday night. Tuesday, Wednesday, and then Thursday, tomorrow, is tax reconciliation. Health Week is 2 days. I don't think that is fair to small business, either. I think it is worth taking a couple of weeks around here to do it, and to do it right.
I thank the Senator for yielding.
Mr. President, before he leaves the floor, I say to my colleague from Iowa, Senator Harkin, how much I appreciate his leadership in the area of health care. His analysis of where we stand on the stem…
Mr. President, before he leaves the floor, I say to my colleague from Iowa, Senator Harkin, how much I appreciate his leadership in the area of health care. His analysis of where we stand on the stem cell issue is so appropriate, and he is so right. Here we have a whole area of scientific research that is waiting to take off. We have States, such as mine and others, that are taking the lead instead of following the lead of the Federal Government.
I say to my friend, does he ever remember a time in history when this country was plagued by disease that the Federal Government didn't step to the plate, whether there was a Republican President or a Democratic President? Isn't it shocking that as we face these epidemics of Alzheimer's and Parkinson's and cancer and heart disease and all the others my friend mentioned, isn't it amazing--I am sure it is to him as well as to me--that we have a lack of leadership in Washington?
As my friend pointed out in his statement, we have the votes for stem cell research, even with the President's opposition. If we asked for a show of hands in any roomful of people: Have you been touched by cancer, have you not personally or someone you know been touched by heart disease, by stroke, by Alzheimer's, Parkinson's, paralysis, all these things, we know how many hands would go up.
That is clearly one. And I have met with juvenile diabetics. I have met with the children, the parents and the families. They are counting on us. Here we are in Health Week, as my friend points out. We have the votes. Yet what do they bring up? A bill that is actually going to take away health care from people, the Enzi bill.
I am very proud of my State.
In my State the gentleman who took the lead in putting the stem cell research initiative on the ballot has a child with juvenile diabetes. Watching that child suffer and struggle motivated him. He ignited this wonderful movement in our State. Shockingly, here we are in Health Week and this thing is nowhere to be seen. It is another example of why we need change around this place. I thank my friend.
This Health Week Republican style is really fascinating when you look at the bills that have come before us. The first two bills would have hurt patients who were injured by malpractice, patients who might have been made infertile or harmed in many ways. Those two bills took away the rights of patients.
I ask unanimous consent to speak another 15 minutes.
I ask unanimous consent to suggest a quorum call.
I ask unanimous consent that at 5 o'clock I be given the floor for 10 minutes.
I thank the Chair.
Mr. President, my understanding is that Senator Dorgan had time at 5 o'clock set aside, so if he wishes to take it now, then I will wait until his conclusion.
I ask unanimous consent that at the conclusion of Senator Dorgan's remarks I be permitted to speak at that time. Since it is controlled by the Democrats, I can make that request by myself.
Mr. President, I appreciate Senator Dorgan's remarks. I have been on the floor of the Senate a lot today waiting to get the time, and I have been fortunate to hear many colleagues. I thank him for very succinctly pointing out that in a real health care week you wouldn't close your eyes to hope--hope that we are going to find cures for the terrible diseases that plague our families--Parkinson's, Alzheimer's, diabetes, spinal cord injuries, stroke, heart attack, you just name them. The fact is, we know stem cell research is promising. We know a lot of States have gotten out ahead of the Federal Government because this President and this Congress have restricted the number of stem cell lines we can fund research on. And many of those stem cell lines are, frankly, no good at all because they have been impacted by mice cells. And they lack the diversity needed for robust research.
I have talked to leaders in this field. I am not a scientist. I was educated in economics. But I have spoken to leading scientists, among whom is a gentleman named Dr. Peterson who worked at USFC in San Francisco. He is one of the leading pioneers in stem cell research who left to go to England because this President and this Congress put up a big stop sign in front of stem cell research. It is tragic.
Our families need the hope of a cure. How many of us have met with these youngsters who have juvenile diabetes, and we have seen how difficult their lives are and how they suffer, even with the strides that have been made in this area. They are still in great danger.
Health Week is here. We have a vehicle, as Senator Dorgan calls it, the Enzi bill, which tries to deal with the health insurance problems that small businesses face. I am going to talk about a better alternative to the Enzi
bill that will really do something. But we also have a chance to raise these issues during the debate on the Enzi bill.
We have bipartisan support for drug importation from countries such as Canada, where drugs are sold at half the price of what drug companies charge in the U.S. We have bipartisan support for stem cell research, fixing the Medicare prescription drug issue so we could actually say to Medicare: You have the ability and the right just as the VA has to negotiate with the pharmaceutical companies for lower prices. But I have to say Health Care Week Republican style is really Insurance Company Week.
If you look at the bills that have been brought before us, they all help the insurance companies. They don't help average Americans. They do not help us.
The first two bills said we are going to restrict the right of patients--whether they are very wealthy, whether they are middle income, whether they are poor--we are going to stop them from recovering damages if they are harmed by medical malpractice.
I was very pleased that the Senate chose not to limit debate on those two bills which would have taken away the rights of patients while giving a gift to the insurance companies. And hopefully we can change the Enzi bill.
I don't like bills that take away benefits from my people in California. I don't like bills that take away benefits from all Americans. That is why the Enzi bill is a bad bill. It does just that. I will go through with you the list of benefits that are taken away.
Mr. President, the Republicans bring us Health Care Week. They bring us the Enzi bill. What they do not tell us and you don't find out until you look is that all the States' protections that have been put into place will be wiped out upon passage of the Enzi bill.
Those are harsh words. What do I mean? What benefits will be taken away from my people in California? According to the report put together by Families U.S.A, ``The Enzi Bill, Bad Medicine for America,'' those benefits include AIDS vaccines, alcoholism treatment, blood lead screening. You know that is important because if you don't screen kids for lead in their blood they could have learning disabilities--bone density screening. We know about osteoporosis. In California we guarantee that your insurance will pay for that; no guarantee in the Enzi bill whatsoever. As a matter of fact, the Enzi bill overrides all of this--cervical cancer screening, clinical trials, colorectal screening, contraceptives, diabetic supplies and education.
We just talked about how it is so important for diabetics to have their meds--drug abuse treatment, emergency services, home health care, hospice care, infertility treatment, mammography screening, maternity care, mental health parity.
In my State, if you have a mental health problem and you need help, your insurance coverage will cover your treatment, just the same as if you had a physical problem. We know it works. The list goes on-- metabolic disorders, minimal mastectomy, off-label drug use. In California, we have a law that says you can't kick a woman out of a hospital the same day she has a mastectomy. What, you may say? This happens? It does--off-label drug use, orthotics, prosthetics, prostate cancer screening. We know that prostate cancer is a scourge-- reconstructive surgery, second medical surgery opinion.
If somebody tells you you need serious surgery, you can get a second opinion in California. That is covered--special footwear, telemedicine, well child care, so that we prevent diseases. That is my State.
Every single State in the Union gets overridden, whether it is Alabama, Colorado, Georgia, Idaho.
I know my friend from Georgia would be interested because he is sitting in the Chair. These are the things that your State offers. It protects your consumers. It is as long a list as California, I am proud to say--alcoholism treatment, ambulatory surgery, bone density screening, bone marrow transplants are covered in the State of Georgia. Cervical cancer screening, contraceptives, dental anesthesia, diabetic supplies, drug abuse treatment, emergency services, heart transplants are covered in Georgia. Infertility treatment, mammography screening, mental health parity, minimal mastectomy stay, morbid obesity care-- which is very important now with the obesity epidemic--off-label drug use, ovarian cancer screening, telemedicine, and well child care. Georgia has a very inclusive and wonderful list of guaranteed protections for people.
In the State of Georgia there are 2.347 million people affected by this who would not have those guarantees under the Enzi plan. The Enzi plan essentially says to insurance companies: You can choose. You have to offer one plan. What do they call that plan? One premium plan. You have to offer one premium plan based on a state plan of their choosing, but there is no guarantee at all that what is in that premium plan is what is in the Georgia plan or the California plan or the North Dakota plan.
The fact is, all of the work that has been done in our States--and I find it somewhat amusing given this is a Republican debate, that the Republican bill preempts the States. What is wrong with this picture? I thought our Republican friends loved decisionmaking at the State level. No, not here in the Senate. They would prefer the insurance companies decide it rather than the States.
This is why I call my colleagues' attention to a study done on the impact on all the States, with letters compiled from attorneys general from many of the States and Governors.
From Oregon, they register their opposition, first their benefits are not guaranteed any longer. In addition, they are very worried about what happens to premiums. The Enzi bill disadvantages older people. As far as the research I have done, it disadvantages women. It certainly disadvantages people who come in with a preexisting condition such as high blood pressure. That includes a lot of Americans.
The bottom line is, the Enzi bill, the star rollout production of the Republican Health Care Week, will make null and void all protections that our States have given their citizens and replace them with some kind of riverboat gamble where insurers will choose some plan, from some State, and apply it to my State. I don't want a so-called premium plan from another State.
Here is a good example. In Connecticut, there is a terrible epidemic of Lyme disease. A tick bites your body and it can make a person very ill. We have some of that in California, but we do not have as much per capita as Connecticut. In Connecticut, the State legislature and the Governor say insurers have to cover Lyme disease because it is an epidemic in the State. In other States, it may not be necessary. However, we will wipe that Connecticut requirement off the books, and we will say, through the Enzi bill, insurance companies are going to decide.
Something is wrong. This is not Health Care Week, this is ``insurance company week.'' That is not good for consumers.
My own State has built a comprehensive State health insurance system that encourages affordable and equitable coverage for all, while ensuring consumers are protected and guaranteed benefits. The Enzi bill takes away a State's power to regulate health insurance. It is a gift to the insurers, as I said. It preempts benefits, as I said. It also is going to lead to way higher premiums for all in America who are covered by health insurance.
Insurance companies, not the States, will now decide what benefits the consumers. That is why we have letter after letter after letter from Governors, from attorneys general, warning us not to pass the Enzi bill.
There appears to be no limits on the cost shares an insurer can charge nor are there requirements that plans treat consumers equitably or offer comprehensive coverage.
As I said, if you are a little older--maybe you have high blood pressure, maybe you have some other health problems--you are in trouble. You are not going to have an affordable plan and you will lose the benefits you have. You may be priced out of the market. It will be catastrophic.
We have serious problems with the Enzi bill. Here is the great news. There is a wonderful alternative out there, the Durbin-Lincoln bill, of which I am a cosponsor. I thank my friends for working so hard on this.
As I go around my State, people nod in agreement with the Durbin- Lincoln bill's premise. Senators have very good
health insurance. We pay half of the premium and the Government matches the other half. There is a Federal Employee Health Benefits Program. There are basic benefits required and private companies come in and offer various plans. People such as me and my employees can choose from a broad array of plans. It works beautifully.
I ask unanimous consent, at 5:45, the Senator from Oregon, Senator Murray, be recognized for 15 minutes, until 6 o'clock.
Senators Durbin and Lincoln take this Federal plan and open it up to small businesses with 100 employees down to a single self-employed person.
This plan will work because there will be a huge pool set up. Everyone can buy into it from any business in this country with less than 100 employees. It would be a very diverse pool of people. They will be insured. The pricing is going to be very fair and reasonable. The plan will be administered in the same way our Federal benefits are administered.
I heard Senator Thune say: That is a government plan. No, it isn't. It is a plan that is administered by the Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan, but it is coverage provided by private insurers. Because the administrative costs are kept so low, this is going to be very affordable and will solve the problem.
And guess what. This alternative, the Durbin-Lincoln alternative, does not take away the protections States have given all who live in those States. If you are in California, you still get the benefits. By law, you are protected. If you live in Washington State, you will get those benefits. The alternative that the Democrats are behind will cost less. It will protect benefits. It will work beautifully.
I say to my colleagues, if it is good enough for you, it ought to be good enough for small businesses and their employees. This bill is a wonderful and practical alternative.
In my concluding 6 or 7 minutes, I will say that this so-called Health Care Week is a major disappointment, unless we find out tomorrow we can amend the Enzi bill. If we can amend Enzi and pass stem cell research and prescription drug reimportation, if we can make sure there is hope for patients with Alzheimer's, diabetes, heart condition, stroke, cancer because we move ahead with science, then Health Care Week will have mattered. If we can offer the Durbin-Lincoln substitute, it will not preempt the protections of State law as the Enzi bill does. The Enzi bill has more opposition than any bill I remember. AARP is against it. The Cancer Foundation is against it. There are 224 organizations against it.
I ask unanimous consent to have printed in the Record those organizations opposed to the Enzi bill.
Mr. President, this bill is going to hurt American health care by cancelling out all the hard-won State protections and by raising premiums so high they will price consumers out of the market. That is why across the board there is opposition. I have not seen this many organizations come out against a bill.
By the way, this bill, when it was first presented, sounded reasonable. It was only when we looked at the small print that we realized how dangerous it is.
Instead of working on this misguided bill, we could have done the alternative, we could have done the stem cell, we could have fixed the Medicare prescription drugs, we could have allowed drug importation.
If we didn't want to do real health care reform, there are a lot of other things we could have done, such as raise the minimum wage. We could have finished the job on immigration reform, strengthening the enforcement at the border and stopping illegal immigration, but getting people on a path and out of the shadows.
What about Superfund sites? We have some of the most polluted sites in the country still awaiting cleanup. We have one in four people in America, including 10 million children, living within 4 miles of a Superfund site.
What about debating the war Iraq? That is on everyone's mind. There is still no exit strategy. There is still no plan. We see suffering on the ground there every single day.
We have issues with a potential nuclear Iran. We should debate that. In Afghanistan, the situation is deteriorating and we have all but forgotten about it. We have not followed the recommendations of the 9/ 11 Commission to this date. We have failed fiscal policies. We have debt as far as the eye can see. We ought to debate pay-as-you-go. If Members want to spend money, they should show how they going to pay for it instead of putting the burden on the backs of America's children.
There are many other things we could do, but since we are on Health Care Week, let's fix our health care system. Let's not pass a bill that will not help people with serious diseases or fix the problems with the Medicare prescription drug program.
We have so much work to do and this Enzi bill is masquerading as a bill that will help our citizens. When we read the fine print, we find out it is only going to make matters worse.
I am proud to yield the floor to my friend from Washington.
Mr. President, I have listened to some of the debate today. It has been very interesting. The last speaker spoke about choice and choices. I want to talk about choices in health care a bit. This is…
Mr. President, I have listened to some of the debate today. It has been very interesting. The last speaker spoke about choice and choices. I want to talk about choices in health care a bit. This is Health Week, we are told. It is an opportunity, for a change, at long last to talk about some health care issues on the floor of the Senate.
The intent, I believe, of the chairman who brings this bill to the floor is that we should speak only about and address only the issues dealing with small business health plans. However, he knows and I know there are many other health issues that have been long delayed by this Chamber and that need to be debated. I intend to offer a number of amendments. They are in order under the rules of the Senate. They are amendments that deal explicitly with health care issues.
The issue before the Senate is not unimportant. The question of rising health care costs is very significant to everybody--individuals, businesses, governments. Everyone who is a consumer has to deal with increased costs of health care and we should, indeed, address the issue of health care costs for business associations and for small businesses. There is no question about that. I wish to be a part of the group that works on that in a bipartisan way, in a way that expands opportunity, not narrows opportunity; in a way that expands coverage, not narrows coverage; in a way that covers everyone, not just a few. I do not agree that we should make health care unaffordable for the older and sicker and then make profit out of insuring people who are younger and healthier. That is not the right way to do this.
But having said all of that, let me describe some other things that have been long delayed on the floor of the Senate that need to be addressed. Let me talk about the first one. It is the
issue of reimportation of prescription drugs. A bipartisan piece of legislation has been long ago introduced and discussed here on the floor of the Senate, and we have not had the opportunity to vote on it.
The reimportation of prescription drugs, why is that important? Because the American people are charged the highest prices in the world for prescription drugs; it is not even close--the highest prices in the world. Consumers in every other country are paying lower prices. Try to buy Lipitor and if you buy it in the United States you pay a higher price than in any country in the world--France, Germany, England, you name it. You pay the highest prices in the United States. Why should U.S. consumers be charged the highest prices?
With consent, I want to show a couple of things on the floor of the Senate. Let me show, if I might, two bottles of Lipitor. I ask consent to show these on the floor of the Senate.
As you can see, they look identical: identical labels, identical pills in the same bottle made by the same company--shipped to two different places. One is shipped to Canada and one is shipped to the United States. The difference? One is half the price of the other. Guess which. It is the Canadian consumer who gets the benefit of paying half the price for the identical prescription drug.
Let me also show a couple of containers of Prevacid. This is a drug that is widely used for ulcers. Once again, as you can see, it is essentially the same bottle, same pill, made by the same company, made in an FDA-approved plant and shipped to two different locations, one to Canada and one to the United States. The difference? This one costs twice as much. Who buys this one? The U.S. consumer; twice as much for the same pill.
An old fellow sitting on a hay bale in North Dakota at a farm meeting said, my wife has been fighting breast cancer for 3 years. She took Tamoxifen for breast cancer. Every 3 months we drove to Canada to get Tamoxifen because it was the only way we could afford it, and we paid about 80 percent less than it would have cost us to buy that prescription drug to treat her breast cancer. We paid 80 percent less by driving to Canada to get it.
The fact is, they allow a small amount of drugs to come across the border for personal use. But other than that, a U.S. consumer cannot access an FDA-approved prescription drug nor can a U.S. pharmacist access that same FDA-approved prescription drug. That is unbelievable. We have a bipartisan group of Members of the Senate who say consumers ought to be able to purchase FDA prescription drugs by reimporting them from other countries. That would put downward pressure on prescription drug prices in this country. A bipartisan group of Senators wants to do that, but we are prevented from doing it by current law. We want to change the law.
Yet we are prevented from changing the law because the majority leader won't bring this legislation to the floor of the Senate. This is something we can offer as an amendment to the bill on the floor. It is well within the rules of the Senate, it deals with health care, and I am serving notice now that this is an amendment we will offer and vote on during the conduct of this discussion, providing we are allowed to offer amendments. I am hearing rumors that perhaps the majority leader will decide to fill the tree legislatively and allow no amendments. If that is the case, it will be a long week, but my hope is he will not do that. If amendments are allowed, I will offer this amendment and will get a vote.
Let me go back to about midnight on the night of March 11, 2004. That is a little over 2 years ago--midnight. The reason I remember it was midnight, I was sitting right back here and I reached an agreement with the majority leader, Senator Frist. Here is what Senator Frist announced that evening after our negotiations, and after which I agreed to release the name of Dr. Mark McClellan to be promoted from the head of FDA to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. As a result of that, Senator Frist came to the floor and put this in the Record.
I announce for the information of my colleagues that, with
consultation with the chairman of the Senate Committee on
Health, Education, Labor, Pensions, Senator Dorgan, Senator
Stabenow, Senator McCain, Senator Cochran, and other
interested Senators, the Senate will begin a process for
developing proposals that would allow for the safe
reimportation of FDA-approved prescription drugs.
Two years later, nothing: No vote on the floor of the Senate, nothing. My colleague, Senator Vitter, sent a letter around a year ago. It says:
. . . in the context of the Lester Crawford FDA
nomination, I obtained an agreement with Majority Leader
Frist regarding drug importation legislation. . . .The Senate
will probably hold some floor vote on a reimportation
amendment soon, probably on the Agriculture Appropriations
bill. Should that vote demonstrate that reimportation has 60-
vote support on the floor, then Leader Frist will be open to
and work in good faith toward a floor debate and vote on a
reimportation bill. . . .
What happened as a result of that? Nothing. No action, no votes, nothing.
This bill on the floor of the Senate is amendable. This bipartisan amendment deals with health care. It has been long delayed--and no more. I intend to offer this amendment this week.
Finally, at long last, perhaps the American consumers will no longer be charged the highest prices in the world for prescription drugs because they will be able to access FDA-approved drugs by reimporting them from virtually any other country in which the consumers are paying a lesser price for the identical prescription drug. That is unfair to the American people. The only reason we have not changed it yet is there are, regrettably, a few people in this Chamber who have blocked that opportunity, I assume on behalf of the pharmaceutical industry. But that blocking is about done. This week this bill is open for amendment. I intend to come and offer this as an amendment.
That is one.
Let me talk for a moment about another issue, once again long promised here to the Senate. We are told we are going to have an opportunity to do this--again and again and again--and we are not. We don't get the opportunity. It is called stem cell research. It is controversial; there is no question about that. I understand the controversy. But is it important? Yes, it is. We have all these people who talk about life. This is about life. This is about life-giving medical research, to find ways to unlock the mysteries and to cure some of the worst diseases known to people: Alzheimer's, diabetes, cancer, heart disease, Parkinson's. There is an unbelievable opportunity for medical research to unlock the cures for some of these diseases. But we need to proceed with stem cell research.
We have been long promised the opportunity to have a vote on stem cell research on the floor of the Senate, and guess what. No such vote. On May 24, almost 1 year ago, the House of Representatives passed a bill on stem cell research. We are still waiting to have a vote on that here on the floor of the Senate--once again, a bill with bipartisan support.
Let me describe, if I might, the importance of this in the eyes of a young woman. I met with this young girl about 2 weeks ago. It is not the first time I met her. She is a young lady, Camille Johnson, 13 years old, diagnosed with type 1 diabetes at age 4. She is the one in the middle, playing the clarinet. She has had some very serious health problems, some very serious problems in her young life. She would like very much to live her life without diabetes. She would like diabetes to be cured for her and millions of others.
In 2002, scientists at Stanford University used special chemicals to what is called transform undifferentiated embryonic stem cells of mice into cell masses that resemble islets found in the mouse pancreas. When this tissue is transplanted into the diabetic mice, it produces insulin in response to high glucose levels in animals. Wouldn't it be wonderful if, through this stem cell research, we cure diabetes; if we could tell this young woman your life is not going to be a life of diabetes. We can cure that disease.
I have been involved in political campaigns recently and have been told by opponents that my proposal and my position on stem cell research is one that
murders embryos. Nothing could be further from the truth, nothing at all. Do you know there are 1 million people living among us, walking, breathing, talking--1 million people who were conceived through in vitro fertilization? One million people. When that in vitro fertilization takes place, the uniting of a sperm and an egg in a petri dish, more than a single embryo is created. A number of embryos are created in that process. Some are implanted into the uterus of a woman and some become a human being. Some are cryogenically frozen and stored in the event they should be used again if this did not result in a pregnancy.
There are some 400,000 of those embryos frozen at in vitro clinics right now, 400,000 of them, and 8,000 to 11,000 are discarded, thrown away, every year. They become hospital waste.
Should some perhaps be used for stem cell research with the hope of saving lives? The answer clearly is yes. This is not about murdering an embryo. If in fact this is the murder of an embryo, then the discarding of the embryos at the in vitro fertilization clinic, 8,000 to 11,000 a year, is also murder.
We had one person testify at the Commerce Committee a couple of years ago who said those 1 million people who are here as a result of in vitro fertilization should not be here; it was wrong to create these people. Tell that to the parents who had those children; the childless parents who, through in vitro fertilization, discovered the miracle of having a child.
The question of stem cell research is not about murdering an embryo, it is about an opportunity to cure some of the dreaded diseases.
The other issue--and the reason I am talking about this is this is a big issue that we are not allowed to vote on in the Senate. This, too, should be an amendment on this bill. This, too, during Health Week is a very important issue dealing with health.
The other side of this research is something called somatic cell nuclear transfer. Simply it is this: Let us assume a patient takes a skin cell from their own earlobe and that skin cell from their earlobe is then put in an evacuated egg and stimulated to become a blastocyst of a couple of hundred cells.
That blastocyst now has predictor cells. They use the predictor cells for heart muscle, to inject back into the heart muscle to grow a stronger heart, to repair a heart attack.
Some would say you have destroyed or murdered an embryo. There is no fertilized egg. There is only the skin cell from the person who had the heart attack whose cell is now being used, through somatic cell nuclear transfer, to save that person's life. This is about lifesaving. Yet we have so many here who said: Let's not worry about these diseases. Let's shut off this research because we think it is about murdering embryos.
That is not what this is about. It is about this young girl and whether we decide we want this young girl to live her life as a diabetic, a life filled with hope at this point that Congress will finally do the right thing.
The House of Representatives did it. The Senate needs to vote on it. Perhaps this week is as good a week as any. We have been promised. A year ago we were promised, just like drug reimportation. This Chamber is full of promises, but we never quite get to vote on important issues.
I am not suggesting that when I talk about stem cell research that there are not ethical considerations, without serious concerns and serious issues to which we should be attentive. We should. I don't dismiss all the other concerns. But I do say this: If you have lost a child, if you have lost a loved one, and you have watched someone die from Parkinson's or cancer or heart disease, if you have been through that and then say to yourself: But I want to shut down promising research that could potentially cure diseases, then you have not been through it the way a number of people in this Chamber have been through it. I think it is so important for us to do the right thing and to continue this breathtaking research that can save lives.
There are so many other issues. There are just a couple of minutes remaining. Then I will yield the time to my colleague from California.
We passed recently in the Senate a piece of legislation that provides prescription drug benefits to senior citizens. But we did nothing to put downward pressure on drug prices. There is a special provision in the bill which my colleagues, Senators Wyden and Snowe, were talking about earlier today, that actually prevents the Federal Government from negotiating for lower prices with the pharmaceutical industry. That is unbelievably ignorant. A provision like that is unbelievably ignorant, and it ought to be repealed.
All we need is a vote on that on the Senate floor. That, too, is a health issue. There is no excuse for this Congress to say: By the way, the Federal Government cannot negotiate for a lower price. We already do it in the VA. We end up with far lower prices as a result of the negotiations.
In this case, with this bill, there is a provision that says: Don't you dare negotiate. It would be against the law for you to try to get lower prices and reduce Government spending. That, too, is a health issue. That, too, will be in order this week.
I hope very much that we will have a vote on that. Yes, the underlying bill is important. We ought to find a bipartisan way to fix it. No, it doesn't work the way it is. It will restrict choice, in my judgement, increase prices for some, and make others completely uninsurable. We ought to fix it in a bipartisan way.
But on the other three issues--reimportation of prescription drugs, stem cell research, repeal the law that prevents negotiation of lower prices with the pharmaceutical industry to save taxpayers money-- shouldn't we do all three of those? We ought to do all three of those this afternoon, right now. We have been blocked for far too long.
If there is, in fact, an amendable vehicle--and I hope it will be; we will know that tomorrow morning--then I have just described three amendments that I believe should be offered, and when offered I believe will be approved in the coming days. If not, if this is a charade, and tomorrow we discover there is a legislative approach called ``filling the tree,'' which is simply setting up a little blocking device to say we are not going to allow anybody to offer anything, then I think the Senate will have sent a very strong message that this isn't Health Week. This is a week in which you want to trot out a little proposal of your own and avoid votes on serious issues that we should be taking in the Senate.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, reclaiming our time, I didn't realize they would be allowed to use part of it. It would be helpful if the other side would actually share the details of their amendment with us so that…
Mr. President, reclaiming our time, I didn't realize they would be allowed to use part of it.
It would be helpful if the other side would actually share the details of their amendment with us so that we can take a look at it. The details of our bill have been through the committee, out here, and had hearings. We don't know what is going to be in there. The last time I looked at it, there was, I think, $9 billion of cost in it each year, and the huge bureaucracy that would be built up. I make that request to the other side--that we sure would like to take a look at their bill. It is hard to do until we have a copy.
We had some latitude here to allow 20 minutes on this and we were 5 minutes late from that one.
And Senator Thune does not have the time for his speech.
I object.
Mr. President, under the unanimous consent agreement, we are alternating every 30 minutes.
Mr. President, reserving the right to object, the Senator's side controls the time at that time. So if they want to give the Senator the 10 minutes, there would be no objection to that. It would come out of the Democratic time.
Mr. President, first, I apologize for the confusion over the unanimous consent that we had. It was designed early this morning to make sure each side had an opportunity to have an equal amount of say on the 30 hours that we are working on in order to actually get to amendments on this bill. Now that we have had cloture and everybody has agreed, or almost everybody, that we needed to proceed on the bill, we are talking about an issue that is huge to small businesses out there and wanting to find some kind of solution. We even suggested that perhaps they would like to reduce the number of hours of debate about the right to proceed so that we could actually get to offering amendments. But we have a 30-hour time requirement. That could be reduced by unanimous consent, or even eliminated by unanimous consent. But it has not been, so we will try to keep on a half-hour rotating basis so that as many people as possible can have something to say on the bill.
I am going to take a few minutes at this point to talk about this issue. We have been talking about health care. One advantage of having this 30 hours is to have some additional health care debate. I need to talk a little bit about prescription drugs Part D. That is not part of the motion to proceed, but it has been talked about a number of times on the Senate floor today. There are some confusing things out there for seniors that I would like to clear up.
I have been taking the last two recesses to travel across Wyoming and hold meetings with senior citizens to explain the prescription drug plan to get them signed up so they can get the benefit. There is some confusion out there. When we were designing the plan, we were worried that there would not be any plan interested in our small population in Wyoming. We have less than 500,000 people in our State. Our biggest city has 52,000 people. So we have a little bit of trouble finding a big enough pool for anything and to encourage interest. So I asked that there be kind of a Federal backup plan on it, and that was put in the bill.
But when the time came around for companies to offer plans in Wyoming, obviously, they were even excited about 500,000 people because we had 41
plans respond. That is competition. That competition brought the prices down by 25 percent before the people even applied for the benefit. A huge decrease in cost; that is cost by competition. The downside is that 41 plans create confusion. If you have ever tried to buy insurance and talk to a number of different insurance salesmen, every package is designed slightly different to make it a little bit more confusing so that their plan looks better, but it is also harder for you to make comparisons.
There is an easy way to make comparisons. Medicare saw that coming and set up a computer analyzation so that all you have to know is what your prescriptions are and what the doses are. You can put them in over the Internet or you can talk to somebody live by an 800 number or there are a lot of volunteers across America who are helping to get this information out. It lets Medicare do the math. They will present you with three or four plans that meet your prescription, your doses, and your criteria for where you want to buy it. You can look at these line by line. All the lines match up and you can compare them and find the best one for you. It has been a tremendous help.
My mother asked me to help her on her decision. There are kids across the United States--kids like me--who need to be helping their moms on these kinds of decisions. I was happy to do it because it gave me an opportunity to try out the telephone method, the Internet method, and I talked to a number of volunteers and the local pharmacist. We owe the local pharmacist a great deal of thanks for the way this is working and the difficulties that they have had doing a new program. We have not had a big change in the program in decades. When we first had Medicare, there were problems. They got worked out. When we started this one, there were problems, and I think they have mostly been worked out.
Occasionally, at these hearings, somebody was having a problem. A hour and a half was the longest it took us to straighten out any problem for anybody. I ran this process and came up with these four best at the least cost for my mom.
One of the things that people raise in those sections is they say: I don't need any drugs so I should not have to do this. I should not have to pay a penalty later.
The way insurance works is that you buy into the plan usually before you get sick. You pay a premium and when you get sick, then you have the coverage for the things that can happen to you in the future.
Medicare prescription Part D is completely different because you can already have a huge medical problem and a lot of prescriptions and you can sign up for this now and have a maximum guaranteed cost. I know of people who are actually saving thousands of dollars because they signed up. If you don't have anything the matter with you and you don't want to buy into a big plan, you run the evaluation and you can find a small plan you can buy into.
One in Wyoming is $1.87 a month. What if the $1.87 a month doesn't cover me if I have something really bad happen to me? Well, every November 15 to December 31 you can change your mind. You can change your company, and they cannot stop you. Tell me where else insurance works like that. Every November 15 to December 31, you can change your mind and sign up for a plan that has new kinds of benefits for you that match new illnesses that you might have.
This is working for the people who have paid attention. It is easy to have Medicare do the math. So everybody out there who hasn't signed up needs to talk to the volunteers, probably at their senior citizen center or call the 1-800 number or get on the Medicare Internet site and have that plan figured out for you. It takes a few minutes and you can be set so that you, first of all, won't have any penalties, but, secondly, you will have some tremendous benefits as you need the medication. It has made a huge difference.
Some people have talked about negotiating the price. When I was doing these hearings, I had some difficulty with people who showed up and said: You know, there are some medications I really want to have, that I am supposed to have, and I cannot get them. Well, when I checked, those were the veterans, and the veterans' prices are negotiated, and when they negotiate prices, they pick a similar drug and get the best price by kind of fixing the price on it and driving the price down through this bidding war. But it eliminates medications. Yes, there are medications you can take. It may not be the medication your doctor thinks is absolutely the best. But that is what happens with negotiated prices.
So what we relied on in the Medicare prescription Part D was competition, and competition has happened. Prices came down 25 percent, and then people who signed up for the program who are using medications found out that they are also saving another 25 percent as the least amount, or 37 percent as the average amount, and some people are getting 83 percent--I say some people. I know some people who are getting several thousand times more than what they are paying in because they are into the catastrophic care. I wasn't even listing the catastrophic care.
The important thing is that we need to tell people and help people to sign up by May 15. It is a tremendous benefit. We have had more people sign up than we had anticipated signing up. That means, again, a bigger market; that means lower costs. So it works for all of us when people sign up. Remember, there are plans out there. If they have them for $1.87 a month in Wyoming, I bet they have that at $1.87 or less every place in the country. Look at those if you are not using any medication.
So that is what competition does. That is the purpose of the bill that we are talking about and that we have actually had the motion to proceed on, not the ones that fall under other committees' jurisdictions, such as Medicare or stem cells or some of the other things that have been talked about here. Those are things that actually--this falls under the jurisdiction of the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee. We took the bill through committee that has never been through the Senate before. The House passed a bill that is considerably more liberal and difficult than the one that we passed. They passed it eight times over there in a very bipartisan way. If we have the same Democratic Senators over here vote for it that had Democrats in the House vote for it, we will pass this bill easily. Even if there is a filibuster, we will pass it because it is a concept that small businesses have been asking for. This is the first opportunity we have had to provide it for them.
We did it by being very conservative in the approach and going to a situation where we could work across State borders, so that associations could build a big enough pool that they could effectively work with their insurance companies to get these multiple competition bids. We are certain that it will work. One of the reasons we are certain that it will work is because it has been tried within States. But those who have tried it within States have found that it works very well, and they know it would work even better if they could go across State borders. So even those who are doing it are asking to do it on a wider scale than what they have been. For a lot of the States that have less population, yes, they want to be able to do it at all. They don't have big enough pools within their States to do it, so they want to be able to go across the State borders.
I want to discuss a little bit why we need to pass S. 1955 and allow for the creation of these small business health plans. First of all, the concept of allowing small businesses to join together to find better prices for health insurance is not new, as I mentioned. Many organizations have offered nationwide health plans to members in the past. But States continued to add mandated benefits and other regulations to their insurance markets during the 1980s and 1990s, and the administrative hassles and costs associated with the mandates and regulations became too much of a burden for existing plans that could no longer offer an affordable benefit on a national basis. So they discontinued the plans.
The Associated Builders and Contractors organization, known as ABC, is an unfortunate example of this problem. Their insurance carrier refused to continue doing business with the ABC insurance trust in the late 1990s because
the panoply of 50 different State regulations and excessive benefit mandates made it impractical and unattractive for the insurance company to continue the program. ABC was unable to find another carrier to pick up their business.
This chart kind of shows how health care costs have gone. I don't think there is any argument on either side of the aisle that this is what has happened. There has been a rapid escalation, and compared to what it used to be, there has been a rapid escalation for a long time, oddly enough. We are up to a national average cost per employee of about $8,000 a year. That doesn't include the part the individuals are paying, which brings it up to about $11,000 a year. That is the amount we have been talking about on both sides of the aisle today.
What is truly unfortunate is that workers at ABC's member companies were benefiting from this program, and the companies were saving money on their health care expenses. The health plan sponsored by ABC for nearly 45 years had total administrative expenses of about 13 cents for every dollar in premium. These costs included all marketing administration, insurance company risk, claim payment expenses, and State premium taxes. Compare this to the small business employers who purchase coverage directly from an insurance company. The total expenses for most small businesses today can approach 35 cents for every dollar of premium. So saving nearly 25 cents on a dollar is real money, especially in today's health insurance prices.
The other benefit to ABC's member companies and employees is that any profit generated by their health plan stays in the plan. This also helped keep costs down. So the idea isn't new, and it has worked before.
But Congress needs to act before small business organizations can resurrect their defunct programs and before other organizations can start new ones. Congress considered fixing this problem during debate over the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act in 1996-- it is better known as HIPAA--but the small business affordability provisions in the House bill were dropped during the conference between the House and the Senate in the final bill. As a result, HIPAA only addressed access to health insurance and not affordability. So now everyone has access to health insurance policies, but the policies themselves are unaffordable to many. When I became chairman of the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions last year, I announced that I would bring a health insurance affordability bill before the committee so we could finish the job we started 10 years ago--in other words, to make it possible for all Americans to have access to a health insurance policy that is affordable.
Many were skeptical then, and some may still be skeptical now, but the time for more of the same is over. America's working families want change, and they are tired of excuses from Congress.
Small businesses and working families are demanding relief from high health insurance costs. And it is no wonder. This year, employers are paying twice what they were paying in the year 2000 for health insurance. That is correct. What businesses paid for health insurance has doubled over the past 6 years. That is a pace we can't keep up.
This cost squeeze hurts small businesses the most. The highest rates of uninsured workers can be found in businesses with 25 or fewer workers. Only 60 percent of the Nation's businesses are offering health insurance these days, down from nearly 75 percent just 5 years ago.
Small businesses and working families are stuck on the escalator of rising health insurance costs, with no end in sight. And in a tight labor market, small business owners don't want to jump off this fast- moving escalator because dropping health insurance puts them at a major disadvantage in competing for the best workers. We need to give them a safe place to get off this escalator of rising costs, somewhere where it is more affordable for themselves and working families, and the small business health plan will give them that option.
Mr. President, I yield the floor to the Senator from North Carolina.
That is assuming it comes within the 30-minute parameters?
Madam President, in consultation with the chairman of the committee, I ask consent that the filing deadline for the second-degree amendments to S. 1955 occur at 3 p.m. today. Madam President, I begin…
Madam President, in consultation with the chairman of the committee, I ask consent that the filing deadline for the second-degree amendments to S. 1955 occur at 3 p.m. today.
Madam President, I begin by commending my good friend, the chairman of the Committee on Finance. He is a great American. People in Iowa are very lucky to have him representing them. I know of no finer man in the Senate.
I know Senator Grassley sought to defend the Senate's position in the conference committee. He is a proud man, too. He wanted to do what is right in defending the Senate's position, but I regret the conference committee could not end up more like the Senate product because the conference before the Senate today is much different than the bill that passed the Senate. It is so different that I am raising questions as to how much of the Senate bill we have in the conference.
This past Saturday, Lillian Asplund died. Ms. Asplund was the last American survivor of the 1912 sinking of the Titanic. She was the last survivor with actual memories of the event. Ms. Asplund's life reminds us that people make choices, and those choices can have significant consequences. Just as much, the bill before the Senate today reflects choices. Those choices will have significant consequences.
Shortly after midnight on that cold morning of April 15, 1912, passengers started evacuating that doomed ship. At the beginning, women and children went first. But it was not long before that rule gave way. Soon it became clear that the privileged went into the rescue boats first.
About that time, the most extraordinary thing happened: Some of those privileged and wealthy passengers decided to give up their place in line. They decided to let others go first. Benjamin Guggenheim, the son of the colossally wealthy mining magnet, sipped brandy and smoked cigars in a deck chair while the ship went down.
Today, on this bill, we see no such valor, we see no such sacrifice. Rather, in this bill, ideological wants push their way to the front of the line, ahead of America's needs.
At the end of last year, 16,000 American businesses lost their tax incentive to create high-paying research jobs for American-based workers. But relief for them did not make it into this bill.
At the end of last year, millions of school teachers lost a small but significant tax break for classroom supplies they purchase out of pocket. But relief for them did not make it into this bill.
At the end of last year, millions of middle-income American families with kids in college lost the ability to deduct tuition costs. But relief for them did not make it into this bill.
These provisions--what some people call the popular ``tax extenders''--were given second-class status. They did not make it into the lifeboat. And to what did these popular, already-expired tax provisions have to give way? Well, the first-class passenger on this ship is a tax break for investors, where not one dollar will be used until January 1, 2009.
I think it is important to remind ourselves of that. Not one dollar of cap gains and dividend tax breaks will be utilized by anyone until January 1, 2009. That is several years from now.
But some will say this tax break for 2009 is desperately needed today--Why? they say--to provide certainty. You might as well just call this tax bill, the 2009 Tax Increase Prevention Act, because it does just that: it prevents tax increases for the most well-off in the future, in 2009. This bill chose to prevent a tax increase in 2009, rather than prevent tax increases in 2006.
For the millions of families, teachers, businesses, and workers out there who lost their tax benefits on January 1 of this year, there is no tax increase prevention in this act. There is no ``tax increase prevention act'' for the so-called second-class citizens.
I do not call them second class at all. They are Americans. They are teachers. They are people working in research and development. They are families and kids trying to pay tuition costs. There is no relief for them. All of those provisions expired at the end of last year. Here we are, well into 2006, and they are not in this bill. Middle-American provisions are not in this bill. No. Rather, what is in this bill is for 2009, a tax break for 2009 for investors.
Well, some will also say: Oh, don't worry. Other tax legislation may be, might be, should be coming soon. Yes, and the check is in the mail.
Some will say these 2009 cuts on capital gains and dividend income will benefit all Americans, and you will see a blizzard of statistics and quotes to try to substantiate that point, including the chart you recently saw from my good friend from Iowa. Actually, that is not a Joint Tax Committee chart. That is a chart based upon the Finance Committee staff with Joint Tax Committee statistics. And that chart, frankly, does not accurately portray the facts. Many commentators who have commented on that chart have pointed out the discrepancies in it.
I am not going to get into this tit for tat, back and forth as to whose statistics are better. But I will say this, it defies common sense to argue that a tax break that takes effect in 2009 for the high- income Americans somehow benefits middle-income and lower income Americans more than the most wealthy. That totally defies logic. Someone can come up with a set of statistics to try to make that point but it is patently absurd.
Some will say these 2009 tax cuts, as I say, will benefit all Americans, and you will see statistics, but that is not the fact.
I decided to go to the source. I represent Montana. The more than 900,000 residents of Montana are my employers, so I asked the Montana Department of Revenue where the benefit of these tax cuts would go. Well, of course, not everyone in Montana has this type of investment income.
So the Montana Department of Revenue told me that just 400 households in Montana would receive an average benefit of $14,000 from the capital gains tax cut in 2009. Roughly, 90 percent of the households in Montana would get almost zero benefit from the capital gains cut. Ninety percent: almost zero benefit.
With these numbers, it is very hard for me to understand why this 2009 tax break is urgent, while Montana teachers and families with kids in college who lost their tax break last December must wait for the next rescue boat, whenever it may or may not occur.
Of course, I am very pleased that protection is in the bill from the alternative minimum tax. I am pleased that conferees included the full Senate-passed version.
Some may recall, it was a struggle to get that in the Senate-passed version last November. The original version, and the version that came out of committee, did not include a full hold harmless from the alternative minimum tax. Those versions would have left 600,000 more families paying that tax. We fought to improve the Senate bill to be a true hold harmless. And we succeeded in doing so before the bill finally left the Senate. That version is retained today. This protection from the alternative minimum tax will protect almost 17 million families across our country, including about 45,000 in Montana. The Montana tax collector tells me that AMT protection will help about a quarter of all households in Montana with incomes between $45,000 and $80,000. That group might have otherwise seen an average tax increase of $1,700.
Unfortunately, there is little else in this bill to be proud of. Working families have been left behind. Congress has chosen ideological wants over America's needs.
The Senate-passed bill did the tax business the Congress needed to do this year. I am proud of that bill. In contrast, the bill before us leaves much work undone. As a result, the deficit will probably be larger because the conferees made the choices they did.
I will have more to say about the fiscal effects of this bill. In the end, those effects may be the real iceberg. The fiscal effects of this policy may be the real disaster. Madam President, I urge my colleagues to reject the choice made by this conference. I urge my colleagues to vote against leaving those families and teachers and workers behind. I urge my colleagues to reject this disastrous bill.
One other point, Madam President, is this: The conferees had a choice. Basically, we did one thing we had to do. I should not say ``we'' because I was not on the conference. I was not allowed to be a member of the conference. But while the conferees did do something that was good--that is, make sure the taxpayers do not have to pay the alternative minimum tax--they had another choice, and the choice basically is this: Do they enact a tax break that does not take effect until 2009, for investors, or do they include provisions such as the research and development tax credit, the WOTC, the work opportunity tax credit, the tuition tax deduction, and the teachers deduction, which expired last year? Do they enact those and extend those for this year so people will still know research and development is important this year?
Again, the choice is: On the one hand, enact a provision that does not take effect until 2009 for investors or, instead of doing that, because that can be postponed for a couple years--we are not yet in 2009--extend the provisions which expired last year. These are provisions that American business and industry and innovators are desperately depending on--that is, the research and experimentation tax credit--to help America be competitive in the world. Or they could have included provisions that parents paying for college tuition can count on, teachers can count on for the supplies and so forth. All of these expired last year.
So again, the choice is: a 2009 tax break or help maintain those provisions which expired last year. That is basically what all this comes down to. That is the choice that was before the conferees. And the conferees chose the former, the 2009 extension--it does not take effect for a few more years--for the most well-off, at the expense of American businesses, their companies, and universities that are so depending on the research and experimentation tax credit. And, at the expense of teachers who so clearly today depend upon that little extra help for classroom supplies, at the expense of kids and families who so need that tuition deduction.
That was the choice that was made. And the choice, as I said, was ideological wants of a few at the expense of America's needs. That is basically what is before us today. That is why I think it makes sense not to adopt this conference report.
Madam President, our country is in a battle. It is a competitive battle with the rest of the world--China, India, Eastern European countries. There are so many countries that are so excited about their future, and they are trying to increase their economic position. I take my hat off to them. They are trying very hard, and they are doing a great job. Certainly, businesses in China and India are.
We have to meet that challenge. And it is a great opportunity for us. But to meet that challenge, we have to start today thinking strategically, thinking longer term. What does that mean? That means much more attention on education, a lot more attention on education, so we have the best and the brightest in America who can design the products we can utilize here, with high-paying jobs here, and export those products overseas.
Also, there is so much we have to do. We have to stop thinking short term in this country, in this Congress, in this administration and start laying the foundation for the long term.
Now, some will say: Well, we need, in 2009, to extend, for 2 more years, the dividend and capital gains tax cut because that is good for America. I have to say, I have lots of arguments and statements by very reputable people who say that is not the case. Let me refer to a couple of them.
Let's take the Federal Reserve. Let's talk about the stock market. Federal Reserve economists recently compared key U.S. stocks, which would benefit from the 2003 tax cuts, to other investments, which would not. What did they conclude? What did Federal Reserve economists conclude:
We fail to find much, if any, imprint of the dividend tax
cut news on the value of the aggregate stock market.
That is the conclusion of Federal Reserve economists. The Congressional Research Service agrees. What do they say?
Any stock market effects represent temporary windfalls to
holders of current stocks and are simply a manifestation of
the income effects of the tax cuts; these wealth effects
should not be considered as an additional stimulus. . . .
Recent studies finding that dividends had increased
substantially have been used to argue that the tax cut
induced private savings. This evidence does not appear
robust. . . .
There are lots of comments--lots. And I might say: Why is the economy doing pretty well today? The proponents of this conference report would like to say: Oh, it is because of the other tax cuts. The stock market went up dramatically more before those tax cuts went into effect. And since those tax cuts went into effect, the stock market has not done so well.
I might also point out that the economy is doing well now. Why? Read this morning's paper. There was a big, long article asking: Why is the economy doing so well? And what does this morning's paper say? What are the conclusions, basically? It is because of strong, aggregate demand-- where? China, India--for commodities, for oil, for gas, for coal, for uranium. That is what I think has kept basically demand strong. It is, also, frankly, a major propellant for the economy today. It is not the dividends and capital gains tax cut. That is a ruse. I am not going to go into it any more than that because I know subsequent speakers will have a blizzard of statistics to argue the opposite.
It kind of gets me to another point. When the rooster crows, does that cause the Sun to come up? Does it? I don't think so. Did the dividend and capital gains tax cuts cause the great economy we have? Not necessarily.
You have to ask yourself what is the real cause. The real cause is the underlying demand from other countries which are buying so many commodities. That is one reason why the price of oil is so high today, and that is what is causing the market to go up. That is what is causing the economy to be strong.
We have to ask ourselves: That is today; what about tomorrow? What about next year, 2 or 3 years from now? These tax breaks are also going to make the deficit and debt much worse. We want to be strong tomorrow. By tomorrow, I mean the next few months, the next, couple 3 years. We want the stock market to be high during that period. We want demand and wages to be high.
That will happen the more we focus on the basics today. The basics again are education, research, and development so that we start strategically to plan for our kids and grandkids. The conference report before us decides against that. This report says: No, forget the basics. Forget teachers, forget research and development. Even though those provisions expired last year, we won't do anything about them. Rather, we are going to pass this provision which costs so much money in this budget and doesn't take effect for 3 more years. That is not a choice most Americans would want us to make.
I notice Senators Bingaman and Dodd have been waiting to address the Senate. I would like to inquire through the Chair whether the Republican side has a speaker who wishes to speak. If not, I yield 10 minutes to Senator Bingaman, to be followed by 15 minutes to Senator Dodd. I ask unanimous consent for that. That is 10 minutes to Senator Bingaman and 15 minutes to Senator Dodd.
Show 11 more
Mr. President, I am going to be here numerous times this week. This legislation is too important to have it shortcut. There is not enough time in the debate to say it all at one time. Last night,…
Mr. President, I am going to be here numerous times this week. This legislation is too important to have it shortcut. There is not enough time in the debate to say it all at one time.
Last night, this body had the opportunity to vote on proceeding to changes to the liability crisis that exists in health care today, but the minority denied us the ability to move forward. They denied the ability of the American people to hear an honest debate, to consider thoughtful amendments, and then to judge up or down on the content of the legislation.
They had two opportunities: liability that was reform for all medical professionals; and, then, liability that was only changed for those who are OB/GYNs--that next generation of medical professionals who are going to deliver our grandchildren and our great-grandchildren, that profession that is going to regenerate the population of this country and, in fact, is suffering today because of the high rate of liability costs for the premiums they have to have.
Now we are here. We are in debate--30 hours of debate--to see if we can proceed on a bill to bring small business group health insurance reforms into law, to enable small businesses in America to be able to price insurance for their employees in the same way large corporations are able to produce products for their employees.
Today, small businesses' choice is between nothing and nothing. It is not something and something. It is nothing and nothing. And what will we do? We will debate, for 30 hours, whether we should proceed. Some don't believe this is important enough or, if it is important enough, that there ought to be all sorts of changes to it that are unrelated to these millions of Americans for whom their employer cannot afford to provide health care. Why? Because they are not big. The marketplace discriminates because they are small.
Let me give you some statistics about North Carolina. In North Carolina, 98 percent of firms with employees are small businesses. Ninety-eight percent of my employers are shut out of the ability to negotiate a reasonable cost of health care for their employees. Because of that, their employees have a choice between nothing and nothing.
We will have 30 hours of debate to see if we are going to proceed in this body to provide something versus nothing--not something and something. How can anybody object to providing a choice of something for those who do not have an option today?
Additionally, in North Carolina, we have 1.3 million uninsured individuals. And 898,000--almost 900,000--North Carolinians are uninsured individuals in families or on their own with one full-time worker. Those are all individuals who potentially could be covered under an individual or a family plan.
Of the 1.3 million who are uninsured in North Carolina, 900,000 could be affected with this one piece of legislation in the Senate. But for the next 30 hours, we will debate whether we proceed or never get to the process of an up-or-down vote; in other words, it is a choice as to whether we keep them with nothing and nothing and the uninsured numbers stay at 1.3 million or, in fact, we are going to provide something for North Carolina--900,000 people who today have nothing provided for them.
Later today, I am going to come to this floor, and I am going to read for my colleagues real letters, handwritten letters--handwritten letters--from people who live in North Carolina, whose choice is nothing and nothing. These are individuals who have the same health needs, individuals who would like to have health insurance but whose employers cannot afford it today, who want the opportunity in employer- based health care, but because of the way the system is designed today, it is not achievable because it is not affordable for them.
We are here today and tomorrow, and we ought to be here as long as it takes to make sure Americans at all levels have choices between something and something. These 30 hours will determine, in fact, whether this historic institution will provide that for the American people or we will walk away; whereby, once again, the American people will be denied because some in this body do not believe there is a responsibility to move to a point where there is an up-or-down vote. Truly, people can look and say: You have my future in your hands. My health security is in the hands of the Senate, the Members of the Senate, and whether they are going to, in fact, respond to that.
Well, I think people in North Carolina desperately want choice. I think they desperately want this bill. They want their employers to have the opportunity to be able to look at health insurance and to find it affordable. Why? Because that is their security. That is their ability to have coverage.
My hope today is that the outcome of this legislation will not be a quick death such as last night with medical liability reform. We all agree health care is too expensive. We disagree on what the solutions are. But to end up with nothing, to deny the ability to move forward, to deny the ability for the American people's voice to be heard through the amendment process on this floor is disgraceful.
My hope is after these 30 hours we will proceed, we will have a robust debate on the amendments, and, at the end of the day, the American people will have an opportunity for an up-or-down vote in the Senate.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, the chairman has brought a carefully crafted piece of legislation to the Senate floor, one that took a tremendous amount of skill to negotiate and one that has incredible support--more support when the bill passed out of committee than it does today. Why? Because people now fear it might become law. People fear this might pass, and they never believed it would. What does it do? It brings additional competition to the marketplace, but more importantly, it brings health care coverage to Americans who have no coverage today.
Why are we here today, on Tuesday afternoon at almost 5 o'clock? Because the Senate is in a 30-hour debate about whether we are going to be willing or able to proceed. We are not even on the bill yet; we are in a procedural mode which requires us to have a vote to proceed to consider whether we are going to have a debate on this bill, S. 1955, a bill that changes the choices of the uninsured population in America.
The choices they have today are nothing and nothing. Under any scenario, you would have unanimous support to change that. But there are actually people who are against that up here, but not across the country. As a matter of fact, in this poll done by Public Opinion Strategies in March of this year, over 80 percent of the people polled overwhelmingly support small business health plans; in other words, they support this legislation--the effort to bring new choices of products that are affordable to small businesses, to employers, and, more importantly, to the employees they hire.
In North Carolina, we have 671,000 small businesses. Ninety-eight percent of firms with employees are small businesses in North Carolina. Don't let anybody come to the floor and tell you that this bill does not have an effect except on a select group of people. It may be a select group of people, but it is 98 percent of the employers of North Carolina. Women-owned small businesses have increased 24 percent in North Carolina since 1997, Hispanic-owned small businesses have increased 24 percent since the same date, Black-owned small businesses have increased 31 percent since 1997, and Asian-owned small businesses have increased 74 percent since 1997. These are companies which benefit from this legislation. These are companies which today can't afford the premium costs of health insurance; therefore, their employee base goes without. They are in that category of uninsured that so many people come and talk about on this floor, but they talk about uninsured without the solution as to how to cover them.
This is a population which in some cases today is on Medicaid. They work full-time. Their income level qualifies them for Medicaid. And what would be the incentive for them to get off of Medicaid? It would be if their employer has the option to offer them health care the way the majority of America is now provided health care: through their employer. But we are here in 30 hours of debate trying to decide whether we are going to allow Members to come to the floor and debate a bill and offer amendments which will allow us to switch from nothing and nothing to nothing and something, which will allow us to inject something, some ray of hope into the millions of Americans who don't have coverage today.
Let me read a few letters. I think it is always helpful to hear from people whom this affects, the human face behind the issues that sometimes we lose on this floor simply because we don't want to talk about names or pictures.
This is a woman from Sunbury, NC. She wrote me in mid-April of this year. I am just going to read some pieces. She says:
Support SBHP legislation, S. 1955. I feel that this is very
important because I haven't had health insurance in many
years, because my employer doesn't have access to affordable
insurance to offer us.
Some suggest on this Senate floor that is not the case, that everybody has the opportunity to have health insurance. ``I haven't had health insurance in many years.'' Why? ``Because my employer can't afford what is available.''
Another letter received in April of this year from a young lady in Elizabeth City, NC:
Please support Senate bill 1955, the Health Insurance
Marketplace Modernization and
Affordability Act. My employer cannot afford health insurance
for their employees. My husband works for Ford. They are
closing his plant soon. We will have no insurance unless my
employer offers it. I have premature twins. They were born 3
months early. It costs me $2,000 a month to feed them. That
does not include any doctor's appointments we have to go to.
I feel that this is a great bill.
What is America looking for? They are looking for hope. They are looking for us to produce a product out of this institution that actually fulfills their needs. I don't know how it can be any clearer.
It is not offered to me today, because my employer can't
afford the options that are in our marketplace.
What do we do? We create new options that are affordable. That is, in fact, what the chairman is trying to do with this bill.
Here is a third letter, also from Elizabeth City but a different business. It says:
Small businesses need help with insurance--
In big bold letters--
I am now paying $986 per month for my wife and myself. This
is for only 60 percent coverage and a $2,500 deductible. I
know people with group insurance who are paying $600 a month
for 80 percent coverage and a $250 deductible. Many of those
have dental insurance as well. My policy provides none.
Please vote for this bill. Allow small businesses to have
coverage equal to employers of other companies.
That is all we are doing. We are using the scale of what people who have a tremendous amount of employees can do, and that is they can go to insurance carriers and they can negotiate for products based upon the volume of their employees. But how does a small business owner do that when he has five or six or seven employees? Well, it is real simple. We allow them to band together. We allow them to band together into a common association, and we allow that association to then market their entire association based upon the volume.
Another letter that I received on April 6 says:
As a small business owner, it is important to enable some
economy of scale in allowing franchises to obtain more
affordable health care coverage.
The last one I am going to read is quite unique.
As a professional photographer, I have seen firsthand the
difficulty that my fellow professional photographers face
when attempting to purchase health insurance on their own. S.
1955 would allow photographers and other independent business
owners to band together across State lines and purchase
health insurance. Having this as an option and choice will
improve our access to quality health care and help control
costs through competition.
These letters are from people on the front lines. They are from employees whose employers can't offer coverage today because it is not affordable. They are from individuals who own businesses and would like to offer coverage to their employees. They are even from photographers, people whose lives are in their hands every day in a camera, but they cannot afford the individual costs of health insurance in today's marketplace.
In North Carolina, we have 1.3 million uninsured North Carolinians. Of that 1.3 million, almost 900,000 uninsured individuals are in families or are on their own where one person at least works full-time. With the passage of this bill, 900,000 of the 1.3 million uninsured in North Carolina could potentially be offered health insurance. We can narrow it down from 1.3 million to 400,000 individuals who are uninsured in North Carolina with the passage of one simple bill, or at least they would have the option to be able to purchase it for once. Ninety-one percent of workers in large firms of 1,000 employees or more have health insurance, yet 66 percent of workers in small businesses defined as 10 employees or fewer have health insurance. Well, if you remember the North Carolina numbers, I said 98 percent of firms with employees were small businesses. Think of the millions of Americans who are going to be touched by the passage of this one piece of legislation that provides them choice. Where today their choice is between nothing and nothing, tomorrow their choice is between nothing and something.
Why are we here? We are here for 30 hours of debate--not debate on the bill, not debate about the amendments, debate about whether we are going to move forward. We do that at a time when--I just went back and did a quick calculation on the back of my calendar--we have 76 legislative days left between now and adjournment. That is assuming we have productive days on Fridays and Mondays, and as the chairman knows, Fridays and Mondays are not always productive in the Halls of Congress. People are either slow to get here or quick to leave. If you take out Fridays and Mondays, we are down to 45 days. But we are going to spend 30 hours trying to decide whether we are going to move forward to debate this bill, and we will spend another 30 hours after we file cloture on the bill to get to a point where we can have an up-or-down vote, if, in fact, we get that far.
Last night, we voted on two medical liability bills--medical liability that covers the entire medical professional world--and last night, we were denied the ability to proceed and to debate the legislation, much less amend it. The second bill is legislation in which--and I think the American people would be shocked at this--we were denied the ability to move forward to debate or amend legislation that limited the liability to OB/GYNs in America, a specialty we are losing specialists out of every day, where every year people aren't continuing to practice. But we will spend 30 hours debating whether we proceed to debate not necessarily the merits of the bill--and my hope is that the chairman will be successful, and I will be beside him arguing every step of the way, because without this, these Americans don't have hope of a choice of anything other than nothing and nothing.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I rise to address some issues my colleagues have raised. I am appreciative of the debate and the chance to talk about health care. It is a critically important topic. It is one that we…
Mr. President, I rise to address some issues my colleagues have raised. I am appreciative of the debate and the chance to talk about health care. It is a critically important topic. It is one that we have to talk a lot more about, how we can provide as much health care as possible to everybody at the lowest price that we
can get it and get more people insured. That is at the root of what we are trying to get done with the proposal of Senator Enzi and others to get more health insurance, better coverage to more people across the United States. That is a worthy goal, something we need to do. We have far too many people uninsured. We need more people insured. That is central to us. It is central to the hospital and the provider community that we have people who are insured. Because of those who are not insured and then can't pay the price of their health care, that is spread across to other people, which is what we do today. That is what we need to do, but it would be better if we could get more people insured and have a direct system of payment.
Others have said that what we need to be talking about is different than this, rather than expanding health insurance coverage. I respect that. Some of my colleagues have raised the stem cell issue. I want to address the concerns my colleagues have raised on stem cells. I want to report to my colleagues what a tremendous positive story we have to tell about stem cells, an exciting story of people receiving treatments, living longer and healthier lives because of stem cell treatments. These are not the controversial ones. This does not involve the destruction of a young human in the embryonic stage. This involves the use of adult stem cells, which the Presiding Officer and others, everybody in this room has in their body, adult stem cells. It also involves cord blood stem cells. These are the stem cells that are in the umbilical cord between the mother and child, while the mother is carrying the child.
I want to show two charts to start off. I think it is best if we make this a personal debate. I challenge my colleagues who have challenged me about this topic to come forward with pictures of individuals who are being treated with embryonic stem cells. I would like to see the people who are being treated with embryonic stem cells. We have put nearly half a billion dollars of research money into embryonic stem cell research. We have known about embryonic stem cells for 20 years. I don't know of the people being treated by embryonic stem cells.
I can show people who are being treated with adult stem cells or cord blood. This is Erik Haines. He is 13 years old. He was diagnosed with Krabbes disease, the first patient to receive cord blood for this rare, inherited metabolic disease. The date of transplant was 1994. He is alive today. He would be dead without this having taken place.
Let me show you a picture of Keone Penn. I had him in to testify before a Commerce Committee hearing a couple years ago. He has sickle cell anemia. The date of transplant was December 11, 1998. He had been very sick. He wasn't expected to live. As a matter of fact, it says in a statement that he made: If it wasn't for cord blood, I would probably be dead by now. It is a good thing I found a match. It saved my life.
We have now many more people being treated for sickle cell, a whole host of diseases. As a matter of fact, I want to read off a few of these. These are human clinical trials, real people getting real treatments, living longer lives, if not being cured, by the use of adult stem cells and cord blood stem cells in 69 different disease areas.
My colleagues have heard this debate for a period of years. We have been debating stem cells for a number of years. We have been debating the controversial area of embryonic stem cells, which the Federal Government funds, which State governments fund, which private industry and the private sector is fully free to fund completely, every bit of the way that they want to do that. They can. They have been. And we have no human treatments from embryonic stem cells to date. We don't have any. They are funded globally. There is no prohibition against embryonic stem cell research in the United States.
My colleagues seek more than the nearly $500 billion that we have put into embryonic stem cell research, an area that has not produced any human treatments to date. I want to be clear that that is what we are talking about. When we started this debate, my colleagues pushing embryonic stem cells, who in their hearts absolutely believe they are doing the right thing and this will lead to cures, listed cancer, sickle cell anemia, Lou Gehrig's disease. We are going to deal with all of these things. With the promise of embryonic stem cells, we will cure these things. That is what they said on their side when we started this debate 6 years ago. Six years later--I could be off a year or 2--where are the cures? I say we have them. They are in adult and cord blood stem cells.
I ask unanimous consent to print in the Record at the end of my statement a sheet of human clinical applications using adult stem cells.
I want to read a few of the 69 from this document: Sickle cell anemia, aplastic anemia, chronic Epstein-Barr infection, lupus, Crohn's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis, multiple sclerosis, brain tumors, different cancers, lymphoma, non- Hodgkins lymphoma, a number of solid tumors, cardiovascular. This is an exciting area that is taking place where we now have people with acute heart damage, chronic coronary artery disease being treated with adult stem cells. Primarily, this has been an adult stem cell treatment where they harvest stem cells out of their own body and inject them right back into the damaged heart tissue.
Now we are seeing people who couldn't walk up a flight of steps going up eight flights, having hard tissue being regenerated with the use of their own adult stem cells. There is no rejection problem. This is their own cells. They take these adult stem cells from your body, which are repair cells, grow them outside of the body, put them back into the damaged heart tissue area, and now instead of congestive heart failure, without any ability to get enough blood throughout the body, the heart is pumping harder and better. It is actually working. They are regenerating the heart in these people. This is actually taking place in human clinical trials today. It is a beautiful issue.
The list goes on: chronic liver failure, Parkinson's disease. I had a gentleman in to testify who had taken stem cells out of a part of his body, grew them, put them in the left part of the brain. The right side of the body started functioning without Parkinson's disease. Later it came back, after several years, but he had several years free and was starting to learn how better this can work with Parkinson's disease.
Again, continuing from the list: spinal cord injury, stroke damage, limb gangrene, skull bone repair. We have recently had advances. For example, they took the stem cells out of a person's body. They had a form around which the bladder could be grown, outside a new bladder could be grown. They took the stem cells, put them around this form, and actually grew a bladder out of a person's own stem cells. These are marvelous, miraculous things that are taking place in 69 different areas of human clinical trials, adult and cord blood. I ask my colleagues from the other side, the ones who promised all of the cures from embryonic stem cells, as this debate moves forward, we will bring out statements that people made 5, 6 years ago about the cures that would come from embryonic stem cells. The cures have come from these noncontroversial areas. This is where we ought to be funding. This is what we ought to be doing. This is where we are getting treatments.
I ask my colleagues from the other side, where are the treatments with embryonic stem cells? Colleagues on the other side, for whom I have great respect and I know in their hearts are doing what they believe is the right thing to do, asked about reputable scientists opposed to embryonic stem cells. I ask unanimous consent to print in the Record this letter at the conclusion of my statement.
It is dated October 27, 2004. It is to Senator John F. Kerry, running for President at the time, signed by 57 scientists who have a real problem with embryonic stem cell research.
They say in this letter:
As professionals trained in the life sciences we are
alarmed at these statements.
They are referring to what Senator Kerry was saying, that this would be a
centerpiece issue for him in moving forward with science. This is in 2004.
First, your statement misrepresents science. In itself,
science is not a policy or a political program.
Second, it is no mere ``ideology'' to be concerned about
the possible misuse of humans in scientific research.
Here we come to the real rub of the issue on embryonic stem cell research. Is the embryo human life or isn't it? It is one or the other. It is either a human life or it isn't. It is alive. It is human in its genetic form. Is it a human life or not? If it is not a human life, do with it as you choose. If it is a human life, it deserves protection and respect. We do it for everybody in this room, no matter what your State is, your physical condition. Why wouldn't we do it while you are in the womb?
I have a letter signed by 57 scientists with a real problem with embryonic stem cell research. My colleague asked me to produce scientists who are opposed to embryonic stem cell research. Here they are.
I finally say to my colleagues on this topic, the promises they have made about embryonic stem cell research have not been realized to date, and reputable scientists question whether they will ever be realized. We are half a billion dollars later after investment from the Federal Government on embryonic stem cell research, animal and human. Now you are seeing--this is just the Federal Government, not about the private sector or other governments around the world. I will read to you what other scientists who support embryonic stem cell research are saying about the prospects of embryonic stem cell research. A British stem cell research expert, named Winston, warned colleagues that the political hype in support of human embryonic stem cells needs to be reined in. This is dated June 20, 2005, where he says this:
One of the problems is that in order to persuade the public
that we must do this work, we often go rather too far in
promising what we might achieve. This is a real issue for the
scientists. I am not entirely convinced that embryonic stem
cells will, in my lifetime, and possibly anybody's lifetime,
for that matter, be holding quite the promise that we
desperately hope they will.
Let's look at another researcher talking in this field. I want to get testimony in here from Jamie Thompson, the first scientist to grow human embryonic stem cells. This is the question posed to him:
People who use nuclear transfer generally say that the
technique is optimized for producing stem cells rather than
making babies. They would not want to equate this with the
process that produces embryos that were fit for implantation,
and they argue that they are used in the reproductive process
differently.
I am talking about the use of embryonic stem cell research in a cloning procedure, where you create a clone, take the embryonic stem cells from the clone.
This is what Professor Thompson says:
So you are trying to define it away and it doesn't work. If
you create an embryo by nuclear transfer and you give it to
somebody, you didn't know where it came from, there would be
no test you could do on that embryo to say where it came
from. It is what it is. It is an embryo. It is a young human
life. It's true that they have much lower probability of
giving rise to a child, but by any reasonable definition, at
least at some frequency, you are creating an embryo. If you
are trying to define it away, you are being disingenuous.
My colleagues started to raise the issue that if you create an embryo by process of cloning, it is not really a young human life. But if you create an embryo that is a sheep, like Dolly, and grow it up to be Dolly the sheep, is Dolly not a sheep? Would that be the contention? That is simply not the case when they are creating a cloned individual or cloned human being, and that goes into the next step in this debate, to discuss human cloning. The other side calls it somatic nuclear cell transfer--the same process that created Dolly.
My point is that that is the next step on this continuum. We are talking about embryonic stem cell research funding and the lack of production taking place there for human treatment. The next step is that we need to clone and then we need to clone the individual and not harvest it in a day or two, but we need to grow the fetus out several weeks so we have sort of fetal farming, which is a ghastly thing to even consider. Yet it is being talked about in some research circles.
I conclude with the statement that if we want to be successful in this area and treat people, which I believe is the measure that we should go by--the treatment of individuals--our best bet, if my colleagues want human treatments to take place, they want to cure people, if that is what their effort is, let's fund what is working, which is adult cord blood. Let's move off of this politicized debate which is about the definition of young human life. Let's move off this debate and do something that is curing people. And we can.
That is the way we ought to go in this debate. We ought to also pass the Enzi proposal that gets more people health insurance, which is where we should focus this debate now because that is what we are talking about, rather than a politicized issue of embryonic stem cell research, which has not worked and is not working.
I yield the floor.
Exhibit 1
Adult & Non-Embryonic Stem Cell Research
Advances & Updates for April 2006
Mr. President, I thank the Chair. Cape Wind Facility in Nantucket Sound Mr. President, I am here to discuss the provision in the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2006 and the provision…
Mr. President, I thank the Chair.
Cape Wind Facility in Nantucket Sound
Mr. President, I am here to discuss the provision in the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2006 and the provision which allows the State of Massachusetts to have a say in the siting of a 24-square- mile, 130-wind turbine energy facility.
I have a chart I want to use and describe.
First, let me say why the Senator from Alaska is involved in this issue. What I am trying to say is that this is a tremendous precedent.
We have a series of areas of various States where there is a gap in State jurisdiction and where Federal waters are adjacent to and sometimes almost surrounding State waters. That is particularly true in my State. With the Cook Inlet on either side of Kalgin Island, there are gaps of Federal waters surrounded by the mainland of Alaska going down the inlet.
The Minerals Management Service tells us there are roughly 2.5 million acres of Federal waters going down that inlet that could be used for projects such as I am going to discuss today.
A similar situation exists with Chandeleur Island, LA; the Channel Islands in California; the Farallon Islands in California; the Hawaiian Islands in many instances; and in Puerto Rico.
What I am here to talk about is the precedent that would be established by locating this facility in Nantucket Sound, less than 2 miles beyond the State of Massachusetts' jurisdiction.
If we look at this chart, you can see very clearly the area with the darkest color on the chart, which is the proposed site of this power facility. It is 9 miles from one part of Massachusetts, 13.8 miles from the other side, and 6 miles from the other direction.
When you look at the situation, we realize the State has jurisdiction over at least 3 miles in that area.
This is very close to the area of Massachusetts where people have a right to be concerned over this project. Before the Federal Government claimed ownership of this area, there was a judicial dispute over which government had jurisdiction over it. I am informed that the State of Massachusetts had established a marine park in this area. As a matter of fact, it was listed as part of a proposed marine sanctuary, even in the Federal listings. It is now the proposed site for the largest and most expansive offshore wind energy project ever undertaken in the world.
This facility would include turbines that stand 417 feet tall.
This is a chart that describes it. Those windmills would be 417 feet tall, taller than the Statue of Liberty. The one little point at the bottom shows a 30-foot sailboat. You can see the size of it. People sail their boats that size on Nantucket Bay, and the Great Point Lighthouse is supposed to keep sailors and mariners warned about the area. It is only 73 feet tall.
When you look this area, it is 24 miles across, more than half the size of Boston Harbor itself. It is going to be the site of this enormous facility.
As I said, it is larger than any similar kind of wind energy project in the world.
It is a very small area of Federal jurisdiction, completely surrounded by the mainland and islands of Massachusetts.
Some in the media have insinuated that by including this provision in the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act, I am doing it as an old friend to Senator Ted Kennedy. He is an old friend. It is true that Senator Kennedy and the Governor of Massachusetts support the provision in the Coast Guard bill, but this is my amendment. They have agreed with me. I didn't seek their agreement. It is not an issue based on friendship or on past favors or future favors. It is strictly a provision based upon my long-held belief that States should have the final say on projects which will directly impact their lands, resources, and constituents.
Some in the press have claimed this provision is embedded in ``obscure legislation to be passed in the dead of the night.'' We hear this all the time. But the Coast Guard authorization bill is hardly obscure legislation, and there is nothing secretive about this bill.
The version of this bill that passed the House of Representatives included a provision related to offshore wind farms. It was in the House-passed bill to start with. The House and the Senate, in a bicameral, bipartisan group of Members of a conference committee, discussed and negotiated language to provide the State of Massachusetts a greater voice in the siting of this windmill farm in Nantucket Sound.
This bicameral, bipartisan group also negotiated language requiring the Coast Guard to assess the potential navigational impacts of the proposed offshore powerplant.
This is the normal legislative process for passing legislation of this type through the Congress.
Again, let me point out this chart. I don't live in this area, but I have studied it very well. This is the path the ferries take coming out of these areas and going through this sound, and it is the path which the commercial traffic, steamships, and cargo ships use going into that port.
As a consequence of this location, this line demonstrates the State's jurisdiction and how close it is to the State's jurisdiction. As a matter of fact, the area that is has been lined shows the previous plan which would have gone partially into the State's jurisdiction. The project was amended, so it does not touch the State waters or State jurisdiction areas at all.
It is this area of solid brown on this chart.
By the way, this is the very shallow portion of this area. There is no question about it. Nantucket Island is out here. But there are equally shallow portions outside of the sound that could have been used. But, of course, it is deeper going in there, and that access to this interior part of this sound I think is strictly a financial decision.
At the heart of the debate on the issue is States' rights. The fact is this project will be located entirely in the sound--in this small doughnut hole of the Federal water surrounded by islands and mainland of the State of Massachusetts.
The debate over this project is similar to the fights those of us in Alaska have been engaged in for decades. Our State lands are surrounded by Federal lands, and we often don't have any decision regarding the development of our resources or projects which will be located in our State.
This is one of those situations where Congress ought to listen to the Governor. They ought to listen to the senior Senator, in my opinion.
Those in Massachusetts have raised legitimate concerns about the impact of this wind farm and what its impact will be on maritime navigation, aviation, and radar installations critical to our homeland security.
This proposed site is an area already known for its treacherous flight conditions, and this facility could make those conditions much worse. According to the National Air Traffic Controllers Association, this facility will be located in the flight path of thousands
of small planes. Both the Barnstable and Nantucket Airport Commissions are opposed to the construction of this facility, as are the major ferry lines that operate in Nantucket Sound.
As the chart I have described shows, ferry routes pass within a mile of the proposed location for this project on two sides. The 24-square- mile footprint for this facility is nearly half the size of Boston Harbor, a 471-foot wind farm.
Again, those windmills are larger than this building. Those windmills are larger than the Capitol.
You have to get the specter of this size being built in the center of this sound. It is a 24-square-mile footprint for this facility. As I have said, it is half the size of Boston Harbor and has shipping and ferry channels bordering on three sides.
There is not a single local fishing group from Massachusetts that supports this project, I am informed. It would effectively close a 24- mile-square-mile footprint of many kinds of fishing that has taken place in this sound for generations. Horseshoe Shoal, where the facility will be built, is one of the most productive fishing grounds in the area. That means this area produces offspring. This is where the fish spawn.
The impact of the shoal will be significant. The piling for each one of these windmills--there are 130 of them--are 16 feet in diameter and will be bored down into the shoal to a depth of about 80 feet. This productive area will be littered with 130 drilled holes. Each piling will occupy 2 acres of productive fishing ground. Navigating in and around 130 turbines will make fishing and fishing reproduction in this area nearly impossible.
In addition, these turbines will make Coast Guard search and rescue missions much more difficult in this area, already known for severe weather and sea conditions in parts of the year.
Those in Massachusetts raise another important point. Developing a wind farm of this size and scale offshore has never been done before, let alone in an environment as extreme as the waters of the North Atlantic.
To put this challenge in perspective, it helps to compare the Massachusetts project to the wind farm currently operating in Palm Springs, CA. I know a little bit about this. I have gone into that town several times by air. That facility stands 150 feet at the tallest point. The blades are half the length of a football field, but they are one-third of this size. Even on dry land and a relatively calm desert climate, the Palm Springs wind farm has been plagued by serious maintenance complications. Many of the turbines require constant maintenance and repair.
Put that in the Massachusetts Sound. They require maintenance and repair constantly. This Massachusetts project would require maintenance and repair to take place in icy waters of Nantucket Sound. The size of the windmills for this facility would dwarf the existing land-based wind projects. The windmills in Nantucket Sound would stand nearly three times as tall as those in Palm Springs, with wind blades over a football field in length. Just the blade is a football field in length.
Now, given the legitimate issues raised by the people of Massachusetts and their representative, I believe it is only fair to allow the State to have an equal voice in the debate over the siting of this project. Nantucket Sound, as I have said, is not the only place where a project of this kind can be built. In Europe, deepwater wind energy technologies are currently being developed as far out as 15 miles in 138 feet of water. Placing wind energy facilities further from their shore reduces their impact on maritime navigation.
If this 24-square-mile wind farm is built further away from shore, there would be a number of benefits. It would be removed from boating, fishing, ferrying, shipping channels, reducing the risk of collision and reducing the potential impact on the navigation which we have asked the Coast Guard to look into.
I do support America's use of alternative energy sources, including wind farms and wind power. I have supported wind projects in the past during my time as chairman of the Senate Committee on Appropriations. Our committee appropriated over $105 million for wind projects in fiscal year 2002 to fiscal year 2006. There was even one in my State around Kotzebue.
It is the right of a State to determine if this type of project is consistent with its efforts to protect its resources. I believe Congress should defer to the judgment of the Massachusetts congressional delegation, the Governor of Massachusetts, and the people of Massachusetts on this matter. States should have a say in the activities taking place in the waters adjacent to their shores. This location, in particular, deserves special consideration due to the geographic peculiarities of the region.
California blocked oil platforms, Oregon and Washington blocked them before they were even built.
We now have a dispute before the Congress over a potential development of gas resources 170 miles off the State of Florida. This is 3 miles. This is within a sound that is one of the--I have only been there two or three times, but it is a place if you ever go to it you would not forget. It is not a place that deserves to have this impact. The residents of Massachusetts will have to live with the impact of this project. They must have a greater role in determining the fate of this treasured area.
This bill, H.R. 889, as agreed to by the conference committee, rightly awards the State of Massachusetts this greater authority in the decisions regarding this project. So I am here today to urge the House and the Senate to listen to the people of Massachusetts and particularly to listen to their senior Senator.
I am pleased to yield whatever time I have remaining. I think I have only another 10 minutes or so. I yield to the Senator from Massachusetts.
I think we have 30 minutes on this side and 30 minutes on that side, is that correct?
Is there time on the Democratic side for the Senator from Massachusetts?
We will work that out.
I talked too long.
That is right.
I believe the Senator is correct.
Mr. President, I rise to associate myself with the remarks of the Senator from Kansas, and especially with the efforts of the Senator from Wyoming who brought this bill to the floor of the Senate.…
Mr. President, I rise to associate myself with the remarks of the Senator from Kansas, and especially with the efforts of the Senator from Wyoming who brought this bill to the floor of the Senate. This is a very significant piece of legislation in our efforts to try to make sure more Americans have the opportunity to get fair, affordable, and good health care insurance. It is a piece of legislation about people. It is directed at people who work in what is termed ``small business.'' That is the person who works as a cook in a local family restaurant or a person who works as a mechanic in a garage or a person who runs a mom-and-pop real estate agency.
Literally, there are tens of thousands, millions of these small entrepreneurial centers throughout this country. Most of these folks don't make a great deal of money. They work very hard. They are taking care of their families. One of their biggest concerns is whether they can get health insurance so if somebody should get sick who works with them or should somebody in their family get sick, they will be able to have adequate care. But too many of them are not able to afford health insurance. Approximately 22 million people who are in these small businesses, these small retail businesses, small manufacturing businesses, small entrepreneurial shops, don't have insurance. Another 5 million people, who are sole proprietors and work by themselves, do not have a number of employees working with them, also don't have insurance. That is 27 million people who fall into this category. So Senator Enzi has brought forward a bill to try to address that problem. It is going to try to make it possible for these people who work so hard and who would like to have insurance policies that are affordable to get them. By allowing them to band together in trade groups, so realtors can come together, as well as automobile dealers, garage owners, restaurant associations, and hotel associations can come together and form a large enough group so that they can create enough of a mass of interest and buying power so that they can go out and purchase insurance. That is something they cannot do today as individuals. This bill allows them to do that.
It is hard to understand how anybody could oppose this concept. But people do oppose it, and I think most of the opposition comes from folks who either misunderstand the bill or who are using the bill as a way to energize their constituencies with information that is at the margin of believable, to be kind. The biggest opposition today to this bill, other than insurance companies who might see this as a competitor, comes from these groups that represent various different diseases and have compelling stories to tell about their diseases. They have gone to the State legislatures and they have gotten them to put in place what is known as mandates so any policy sold in that State has to cover that disease.
As was pointed out by the Senator from Kansas, every time that happens that increases the cost of the insurance in that State. For every 1 percent increase in the cost of insurance--and some of these specific mandates are expensive enough so they by themselves represent a 1-percent increase in insurance premiums. But there are 200,000 to 300,000 people who cannot afford insurance because the insurance bills go up and 200,000 or 300,000 people fall off the rolls.
What this bill tries to do is address the issue of the person who has fallen off the rolls, the person who hasn't been able to get the insurance, by giving them an option that they can buy, which they feel is adequate to their needs--it may not have a specific mandate in it because maybe they don't need those mandates to be covered, but at least it gives them the basic coverage they need in order to get through their health insurance risks.
The flip side of this coin, which isn't talked about much but which is fairly obvious, is that these people have no insurance at all. When these mandate groups argue, if you pass this bill, you are going to undermine the capacity of people to get insurance for this disease group, that is a totally misleading presentation because the people this is focused on don't have insurance to begin with. You cannot take something away from somebody who doesn't have it. If a person doesn't have an insurance policy, he doesn't have the mandates that the insurance policy requires.
If a cook working in a restaurant or a garage attendant working at a gas station or a realtor working in a small mom-and-pop real estate agency doesn't have any health insurance, you cannot take away from them mandated coverage for health insurance because they don't have it to begin with.
What this bill tries to do is allow that individual to participate in a group where they will have health insurance as an option. And if they have that option of health insurance, without mandates, they also have to have--that group, that restaurant, that real estate agency, that garage the option to purchase a fully mandated policy. In other words, it is a policy that is, for lack of better terms, a higher option policy, where you have everything covered. It has to track the five States in this country which have the most mandates on their insured. So the bill is balanced in that area of mandates.
A second opposition to this bill has been the fact that it moves from community rating to a banding system. What does that mean? It essentially means that on a community rating you basically force everybody to be rated the same, no matter their health risk or age group or occupation. With a rating system, you adjust marginally for what health experience it may be or what age it is. Adjustments can be made, but they are limited by the State. If you have a community-rated system, you inevitably have a much higher cost going in for a lot of those people who are banding together in groups, who maybe don't have as much risk as others. But if you have a rating system, some people are going to be lower in insurance costs and some people will be higher. They are going to be within a relatively narrow band.
So this bill allows these policies to be offered with a rating system, with a band. In New Hampshire--and this has been referred to on the floor by the Senator from Massachusetts--they had a very bad experience because, regrettably, New Hampshire did it the wrong way. We had a community rating system and then we went to a band rating system because we recognized that was better policy. I congratulate the State for that, but they didn't go to it correctly. They went sort of cold turkey. The practical effect was that one day people got one type of bill, and the next day they got a different type of bill. For some people it went up, for some people it went down, and it was a rather startling event for them. We looked at that experience in committee and said we don't want to emulate what happened in New Hampshire. We want to make this a much more responsible approach. We put into place a glidepath, 5-year phasing, so there will be plenty of time to adjust and to be able to handle this.
That type of opposition to this bill, clearly, in my opinion, has been addressed. It has been addressed specifically because of the New Hampshire experience. So it is a misrepresentation to say that continues to be a major issue with this bill. As a practical matter, there are about 85 million people in this country who work in small businesses. That is a huge number. They deserve the opportunity to have this type of insurance made available to them. They should have the same opportunity as big businesses--the IBMs,
the Microsofts, the major manufacturers--in our country, if for no other reason than they happen to be the engine of economic activity in this country. Most of the new jobs are created by small businesses, the moms and pops who are willing to build that restaurant, take on that exciting opportunity, start small and grow. When they do that, they ought to have the opportunity to also have an insurance option available. But many of them don't because it is not affordable, because of the way the States work the system, and because of that these small groups, as individuals, have no buying power. So this bill has addressed that need.
It is not the answer. This isn't a magic wand, but it is another opportunity put on, let's say, the cafeteria line of insurance that gives a small businessperson the chance to go down that cafeteria line and say: Yes, this plan works for the five people who work for me, and I am going to buy into the plan because I can afford it. Today, most people who walk down that cafeteria line, if they are small businesspeople, don't choose anything because they cannot afford the price of anything, or many of them are in that capacity, that 22 million. This will take a fairly significant number of those folks and give them the opportunity to purchase health insurance.
So it will take people from a noninsurance status to an insured status, from a situation where if they get sick, they don't know how they are going to pay for it, to a situation where if they get sick, they will have coverage. It is very important financially to most people and, obviously, it is important psychologically to everybody. So it is a good bill, something we should support.
I do think much of the opposition to it is misguided because it doesn't recognize that the basic goal is to take people who don't have insurance today and get them insurance. Therefore, the arguments around mandates are irrelevant to that group of people and the argument of community rating as I think we will address.
I congratulate the Senator from Wyoming for bringing this bill forward. I look forward to working with him on this bill.
I want to speak on another matter briefly because there is a lot going on that is very good in this country relative to the economy, and it is not being highlighted.
Today, there was an editorial in the New York Times that said we should not extend the tax cuts put into place in 2003. They say those tax cuts should not be extended in the areas of capital gains and dividends. That argument is good in 1930s economics. It is the old left theory of tax policy, which is that you increase revenues by constantly increasing taxes on people. It has been proven wrong this year, last year, and the year before. It was proven wrong by John Kennedy when he put in place the first tax cut. It was proven wrong by Ronald Reagan when he put in place the tax cut of 1980. And it has been proven wrong again.
In fact, in the first 6 months of this year, tax revenues jumped 11 percent, $134 billion, and a large percentage of that is the increase in tax revenues from capital gains and the fact that we have reduced the rate on capital gains which causes people to free up assets. Over the last 3 years, revenues have jumped dramatically--in fact, last year by 14 percent, and the year before by 7 percent, and next year they are projected to jump again. Why is that? It is because we are seeing an economic boom which has created 5.3 million new jobs since those tax cuts were put into place. There have been more jobs added in the United States in that period than Europe and Japan combined have created. And those jobs have led to economic activity and, in turn, have led to revenues to the Federal Government.
Revenues to the Federal Government are dramatically increasing because the economy is growing, and the economy is growing because the burden on those people who go out and are willing to take risks through capital investment, dividend activity, through income tax activity-- those people are taking risks and creating economic activity and, as a result, creating jobs which, in turn, create taxpayers, which, in turn, increases the Federal revenues.
The numbers don't lie. They are huge, significant, and they confirm, once again, that John Kennedy was right, Ronald Reagan was right, and George Bush was right. By making tax rates fair, especially on capital formation, you energize economic activity and, in turn, you create massive increases in Federal revenues. Regrettably, I must say the New York Times is wrong.
Mr. President, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I wish to express my wholehearted support for the bill that the chairman of the HELP Committee, the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee, the Senator from Wyoming, Senator…
Mr. President, I wish to express my wholehearted support for the bill that the chairman of the HELP Committee, the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee, the Senator from Wyoming, Senator Enzi, has shepherded so far through this process, this small business health plan bill. I think it presents an outstanding opportunity for the Senate to do what my constituents tell me they want every time I go back home and I talk to them, and that is to have access to good quality health care.
The fact is this bill will allow small businesses to band together on a national basis and give them the leverage they need to negotiate good terms with insurance companies for their small businesses and for their employees. This bill would let these insurers bypass some of the mandates that are well-intentioned but which have the impact of driving up the cost of health insurance for employers to the point where many people can't afford it.
In my State we have the unfortunate distinction of having one-quarter of the population without health insurance. What that means is that people end up going to the emergency room for their health care, which has a couple of unintended consequences: No. 1, it costs a whole lot more than it should to treat those conditions in places like a clinic or somewhere else where they could be treated on a nonemergency basis. No. 2, it has the consequence of causing emergency rooms to have to go on divert status, and that is when people come with true emergencies to those emergency rooms and they can't be seen because the emergency rooms are full of people who are going there for nonemergency care. It literally endangers the life and certainly the well-being of that individual who needs to be seen in an emergency room. So we have a broken health care system that can be so inefficient and not serve the best interests of the American people.
What this bill does is provides a means for, as I said, small businesses to band together to increase their negotiating leverage. It is anticipated to be able to bring down the price of health insurance by about 12 percent, which will allow more and more people to gain access to health insurance so they don't have to go to the emergency room, so they have more choices, and so they have the peace of mind that comes with having that coverage in a way that allows them to enjoy the benefits that many of us have but which we take for granted.
We have an alternative that has been offered by Senator Durbin and Senator Lincoln, and I think it serves a useful purpose, not because I agree with the alternative proposed, but what it does is it demonstrates the competing approaches or visions or principles between this side of the aisle and that side of the aisle when it comes to providing access to health care.
It has become increasingly apparent to me that while we share the goal of access to good quality health care on both sides of the aisle, we approach it in fundamentally different ways. For example, our side of the aisle--and this bill, I think, reflects the fact that we believe there ought to be something other than a government-run health care system; that private insurance companies offering competitive plans to individuals create consumer choice. It creates competition. And we know that competition creates better service and better prices for American consumers.
The alternative being offered is a command-and-control health care system operated by the Federal Government that is neither efficient nor does it offer the sort of choice and competition, lower price and better service that would be offered through private health insurance options. Indeed, I think our friends on the other side of the aisle have, if nothing else, been consistent in their approach to health care. They believe the Government ought to dictate health care choices for the American people, whether it has to do with CHIPS, the Children's Health Insurance Program, the Medicaid Program, the Medicare Program, or whether it is veterans health care. They believe the Federal Government knows best and that bureaucrats in Washington, DC ought to make the choices that I believe ought to be reserved for me and my family when it comes to what is best for us.
As I said, this is an issue I hear about all the time when I talk to my constituents. It is, in fact, the growing cost of health care and the unavailability of health care that is one of the greatest concerns of my constituents in Texas. Rising costs, systemic inefficiencies, barriers to access, and the increasing costs of coverage represent the challenge we have to confront and which this bill directly addresses.
I understand the difficulties that small businesses have in Texas when trying to obtain quality health care coverage for their employees at reasonable prices. One employee of a small business in Addison, TX, for example, had this to say about the disparity in coverage available to small versus big businesses:
Our February 2006 renewal premium increased by nearly 40
percent. For a group of 4 insured with no major medical
issues and no increases in plan benefits, this was difficult
to understand. Our course of action was to look for
affordable plans with fewer benefits, but that proved to be
difficult and the results undesirable. Fortunately, one of
our employees decided to waive coverage and join the policy
offered by a large corporation that employs her husband. Her
premium under our policy would have been $4,740 a year. The
price to carry her on her husband's policy was only $700 a
year. Now, that is a disparity. If adequate health coverage
is to be provided to employees of small businesses, it is
going to be vital that small businesses be allowed to pool
their employees in order to maximize their leverage and in
order to minimize the premiums to which they are now being
subjected.
That is exactly why I support this legislation. Because it would allow associations such as trade, industry, professional, chambers of commerce, for other small business associations to offer fully insured health plans to small businesses. I am a proud cosponsor of this legislation, and I believe this bill is an important step toward making health insurance more available and affordable to more Americans.
I thank Chairman Enzi and his committee for their hard work in bringing this bill to the floor.
The goal of this bill is to reduce health care costs and expand access by creating small business plans. As I mentioned, a recent study indicated that the price of health insurance could literally be brought down as much as 12 percent and as many as an additional 1 million working Americans insured who currently are not insured and have no alternative but to go
to the emergency room for their health care.
Recently, the Small Business Health Plan Coalition sent a letter signed by organizations that represent more than 12 million employers and 80 million workers. They wrote in support of this bill, saying it will:
Provide workers employed in small businesses and the self-
employed with access to Fortune 500-style health benefits now
enjoyed by workers in corporate and labor union health plans.
This is a principle that resonates with the American people, and I must say that the American people have every right to be frustrated at Congress's unwillingness to step up and deal with this problem. And woe be it to those politicians who stand between the American people and their desire to see health coverage expanded and access increased. Almost 90 percent of voters, including 93 percent of Republicans and 86 percent of Democrats, in recent polls state that they favor allowing self-employed workers and small business employees to band together to negotiate lower insurance costs.
It is time for the Senate to act. In 2005 alone, health care costs rose three times faster than inflation--and even faster than that for many small businesses. Many small firms had to simply cut benefits or eliminate health care coverage entirely. Only 41 percent of firms with 9 or less employees offer health benefits, compared with 99 percent of larger firms.
We all know that small businesses are our Nation's chief job generator, our No. 1 job creator. They deserve to be treated fairly. But by themselves, these small firms and self-employed people have almost no leverage against insurance companies to try to negotiate fair prices and fair plans.
As it stands now, if they want to join other small employers and purchase insurance through national associations, they have to deal with an enormous array of State-level health insurance regulations and benefit mandates. It goes without saying that many of the mandates that are ordered by State legislators to be included in insurance policies in their States are passed with the best of intentions, but they have the unfortunate effect of raising the price of the insurance to the point where many people simply cannot afford it.
It makes no sense to say that everyone must have a Cadillac with all the bells and whistles when all some people want or can afford is a basic model of a similar vehicle. Big businesses, for the most part, do not have to deal with these regulations. The Congressional Budget Office and Government Accountability Office and others have found that State-imposed benefit mandates raise the cost of health insurance and, in effect, represent an unfunded mandate on employers.
Small business health plans will have a strong incentive to offer the best policies possible for their members. After all, that is what the competitive market is all about. Small businesses will have to compete with large businesses for employees. And when employees decide where they want to go to work, they will look at not only the salary they will be offered but the benefits that will be offered, including the health coverage that is available. This is simply a case of the market working and allowing individuals the maximum freedom to choose what is best for themselves and their families.
In order to remain competitive and attract a talented workforce, I believe small businesses would want to have the ability to offer high- quality health benefits, the same opportunity that large companies currently enjoy. Right now, small businesses effectively have the choice of offering expensive plans with all the required mandates, whether employees will actually even use those services or simply not offering insurance at all. That policy in my State is part of what has been responsible for 25 percent of the people of Texas not having health insurance. It must change.
This is not a complete panacea, but it will provide dramatically better and expanded coverage to the people of my State and the people across this country.
Under the Enzi bill, every small business owner will have the opportunity to choose a comprehensive plan, but they will also have other, more affordable, high-quality choices, too. This will improve access for millions of Americans who currently do not have any insurance at all. I believe this legislation is a good step in the right direction toward increasing the affordability and access to health care that all Americans deserve.
More can certainly be done, and I certainly believe that while this is an important step, we should not stop here. We should continue to increase the number of choices available to the American people--things like consumer-oriented health care, which provides greater transparency and provides information to consumers so they can determine where to go for their health care services based not only on price but based on outcomes--things like health savings plans, which would give people greater access and greater control over their health care decisions and allow them to determine how their health care dollars will be utilized rather than having to buy high-priced plans that contain attributes that they frankly don't need or don't want and which cost them additional money.
Certainly, more could be done, but I urge my colleagues today to support this important legislation because I think it represents a dramatic and long overdue improvement over the status quo.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I cannot yield, but if the Senator from Massachusetts requests time and wants to use the Democratic time for that, we have 14 minutes on the majority side I would like to use to talk…
Mr. President, I cannot yield, but if the Senator from Massachusetts requests time and wants to use the Democratic time for that, we have 14 minutes on the majority side I would like to use to talk about the small business health plan. But if the Senator from Massachusetts wants to use Democratic time, that is fine.
Mr. President, how much time is remaining on this side?
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent, if necessary, that I have a couple of additional minutes beyond that. I believe the other side was granted a little bit of extra time when they were addressing this issue as well.
Mr. President, last week the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation sponsored ``Cover the Uninsured'' week, a call for this country to wake up and address a huge and growing problem in our Nation. In 2004, approximately 19.1 percent of nonelderly Americans did not have health insurance. That number is growing.
Why do we have this problem in one of the wealthiest nations in the world? It is because nearly one-half of the 45 million uninsured individuals in the United States are either employees of small firms or family members of small business employees.
The primary reason cited by small businesses themselves for not offering health benefits is simply the high cost of health insurance. We can do something about that beginning today. We
also have this problem because Congress has repeatedly failed to do its job in the past. We can also do something about that, beginning today.
Today the Senate voted on a motion to proceed to S. 1955, which is a bipartisan bill addressing the issue of the working uninsured. This legislation allows the creation of small business health plans to help lower the cost of health care for small business owners and their employees.
Our colleagues on the other side have also offered some legislation today to address this issue. Senators Durbin and Lincoln have talked about their particular proposal, which is a Government approach. In fact, they say it saves money, but it shifts the costs over to the taxpayers, to the tune of $73 billion over a 10-year period. Why would we ask for taxpayers to foot the bill before we have allowed the small businesses of this country to take advantage of a market-based approach and to use the market forces that exist out there in a way that would drive health care costs down for them and their employees? It is very simply a difference of philosophy.
Our philosophy--the approach contemplated under S. 1955--deals with a market-based solution to this issue. The proposal, S. 2510, by our colleagues on the other side is a Federal Government solution to this issue, at a great cost, I might add, to the taxpayers of $73 billion over a 10-year period.
S. 1955, the Enzi bill, which, as I said earlier, we were able to move to proceed to today, would lower the cost of care for employers and employees. In addition, the Congressional Budget Office estimates S. 1955 would reduce net Federal spending for Medicaid by about $790 million over the next 10 years. It would also save the States of this country about $600 million in the cost of Medicaid over a 10-year period. That is in addition, as I said, to the savings that would be achieved for small businesses.
The Congressional Budget Office has analyzed this particular piece of legislation and concluded it would save somewhere between 2 and 3 percent for small firms in this country on the cost of their health insurance. What is significant about this, as well, in contrast to the proposal by our colleagues on the other side, which would cost an additional $73 billion over the course of the next 10 years, is the Congressional Budget Office said that the Enzi bill, S. 1955, would increase tax revenues coming into the Government by $3.3 billion over 10 years because lower spending on health insurance would increase the share of employee compensation paid in taxable wages and salaries versus tax-excluded health benefits. In other words, lower spending on health insurance would translate into higher wages and salaries and actually would also generate more revenue for the Federal Government rather than less, which is what would happen under the proposal by the Democrats, which would cost the taxpayers $73 billion, according to the Congressional Budget Office, over a 10-year period.
So I believe it is important we move forward and we vote to send S. 1955 out of the Senate to conference with the House. As a Member of the House of Representatives, I voted for the creation of small business health plans numerous times. In fact, that particular proposal has been voted on no fewer than eight times in the House of Representatives.
Every time I voted when I was a Member of the House, and every time it has been passed by the House of Representatives, it has come to the Senate and has been unable to be voted on because it has been filibustered, obstructed by the other side. I would say, that is in spite of the fact that if it were allowed an up-or-down vote in the Senate, I believe there would be a decisive bipartisan majority in favor of this legislation.
Unfortunately, due to obstructionism, the Senate, until today, has never voted on legislation creating small business health plans. As a Congressman and now Senator, I have listened to many accusations about the harm that S. 1955 or similar legislation would do if it were enacted.
What harm would be caused by decreasing the cost of health care for small employers by 12 percent and increasing the coverage of the working uninsured by 8 percent? Lower cost and more coverage for those who are currently uninsured: That is not harm. That is exactly what we ought to be accomplishing here by enacting legislation that would make health care coverage more affordable and more available to more Americans.
South Dakota has an estimated 72,949 small businesses as of 2004, which is an increase of 2.4 percent from the previous year in 2003. South Dakota also had an estimated 90,000 uninsured individuals or 12 percent of our population in the year 2004. Fifty-two percent of South Dakotans had employer-based health insurance, 8 percent below the national average.
Small businesses are the backbone of South Dakota's, as well as our Nation's, economy. It is time these businesses were placed on a level playing field and allowed to pool together to purchase health insurance, like large employers and unions.
I have heard from many provider groups in my State of South Dakota concerned about coverage for their specific services. S. 1955 allows small business health plans to offer a basic benefit plan that would be exempt from State mandates as long as the small business health plan also offers an enhanced benefits option that includes at least those covered benefits and providers that are covered by a State employee health benefit plan in one of the five most populated States in this country.
According to the Council for Affordable Health Insurance, all of these States--all of these States--require coverage for alcoholism, breast reconstruction, diabetes self-management, diabetic supplies, emergency services, mammograms, mastectomy stays, maternity stays, general mental health, chiropractors, optometrists, podiatrists, psychologists, and social workers.
Small business owners want to give their employees the best health coverage possible under their budgets to recruit and retrain their workforce. Facts suggest self-insured large company health plans, currently exempt from State mandates, generally cover services important to their employees.
This legislation would create new options for small businesses and the potential for a choice in health plans for their employees. Today, only 10 percent of firms with 50 or fewer employees offer their workforce a choice of more than one health plan. Lowering the administrative costs of health insurance plans will give small firms new and better coverage choices for their workers.
Additionally, the GAO found that the added cost of mandates to a typical plan is between 5 and 22 percent. CBO estimates that every 1- percent increase in insurance costs results in 200,000 to 300,000 more uninsured Americans. When the cost of health insurance goes up, coverage and access go down.
The concept behind S. 1955 is very simple: to provide health insurance to small businesses that is both affordable and accessible. Small businesses not only in my State of South Dakota but across the Nation have been fighting for the creation of small business health plans for over 10 years. It is high time that the obstruction end in the Senate, that the Senate step aside and allow an up-and-down vote on this very important legislation.
As I said before, it is legislation that, if you look at just the Congressional Budget Office findings, would cover nearly a million more people, would allow three out of every four small business employees to pay lower premiums than they currently pay under current law, and would see small firms' premium costs decline by 2 to 3 percent. The average decrease per firm would likely be greater, since the CBO estimate is a total that factors in the costs of other benefits added by firms in response to the reduction in premiums.
It would also allow annual spending on employer-sponsored health insurance to be reduced by about $2 billion in a 5-year period. As I said earlier, it would increase Federal tax revenues by $3.3 billion over 10 years because lower spending on health insurance would increase the share of employee compensation paid in taxable wages and salaries versus tax-excluded health benefits--more coverage; lower costs; more revenue to the Federal Treasury, not less. The alternative offered by our colleagues on the other side, as I said earlier, comes at a high cost to the taxpayers: $73 billion over a 5-year period.
We can do better. We can allow the market forces of this country to be used. We can take a market-based approach to this issue and do something that has been done a long time ago, something that has, as I said, been voted on repeatedly in the House of Representatives, never to have been voted on here in the Senate, because it has been blocked.
It is high time for the small businesses of this country, for their employees, for families who lack coverage today, to have another tool at their disposal, a tool that takes into account and takes full advantage of market forces, by allowing small businesses to group together to leverage their size, to drive down the rates they pay for health insurance and, thereby, cover more of their employees.
That, again, is in stark contrast to the model and the proposal that is being offered by our colleagues on the other side, which consists of a government-based solution, that comes at a very high cost to the taxpayers, that calls for more bureaucracy and redtape, and does nothing in the end to bring down the cost of health care for small businesses in this country.
It is long overdue. I hope, as we have the chance to debate this now in the Senate, once that debate is concluded, we will be able to proceed to a vote because the one thing that has always been missed here in the Senate, despite action on eight different occasions in the House, is an actual up-and-down vote in the Senate that would allow the Senate to speak on the issue of whether we want to do something meaningful to reduce the cost of health care for small businesses in this country, to provide more coverage for those who are currently uninsured, and also to do something that would reduce the cost to the Government, the cost of Medicaid, as well as the other costs that are associated, as I said earlier, by increasing the amount that would come into the Treasury.
For those reasons, Mr. President, I ask my colleagues to support this legislation.
I yield back the remainder of my time.
Mr. President, like many of my colleagues, I rise today in support of S. 1955, the Health Insurance Marketplace Modernization Act. As a member of the Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee,…
Mr. President, like many of my colleagues, I rise today in support of S. 1955, the Health Insurance Marketplace Modernization Act. As a member of the Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee, I am proud to have worked on this legislation and to lend my support as a cosponsor.
First and foremost, I thank Chairman Enzi and Senator Ben Nelson, who have worked so hard on this legislation. The chairman and Senator Nelson did what many thought was impossible: they got the health insurers, State insurance commissioners, and the small business community to sit down together and work to find a compromise for small businesses. After over 10 years of deadlock, the Senate is finally considering a solution that will provide real relief to small businesses. This is truly a milestone. It has been said before, I am sure many times, that the House has passed this eight times, and we have yet to find a solution. Now is the time.
Like many rural States, the Kansas economy is built on thousands of small businesses. Whether it is the farm implement store or the local pharmacy, the beauty salon or the downtown coffee shop, these small businesses and their employees are the backbone of our communities. They are what we are all about. But one nagging problem for virtually every small business owner is the high cost of providing health insurance. Most small businesses can't even afford to offer health insurance to their employees, forcing many to go without health coverage.
In Kansas, only about 41 percent--not even 50 percent, not even half--of our small businesses offer any health insurance coverage. This is in stark contrast to the 97 percent of our larger businesses that offer health insurance to their employees. Without such health insurance coverage, employees are vulnerable to huge health care debts of their own, and it is harder for small employers to attract a good worker. I have literally heard from hundreds of Kansas small business owners and entrepreneurs, local Chamber of Commerce members over the years who say they are forced to choose between staying in business or providing the health care they deserve to their hard-working employees.
Take for example Kimberly Smith of Andover, KS. Kimberly has three children, including a 3-year-old with a mild heart condition. She is self-employed. She is a realtor. She is a good realtor. Like many, she does not have access to affordable health insurance. Because of this, Kimberly and her family have been forced to go without health insurance coverage, and now she must pay all of her medical costs out of her pocket.
Denise Breason from Lawrence, KS, is also facing the same crunch to find affordable health care. Even though Denise is a hard-working small business employee, she has been without health insurance for over a year and a half and had to stop taking all of her medications because she could no longer afford them without health insurance.
Denise Hulse and her husband went without health insurance for their family for years. They prayed their children would remain healthy so they would not have to make a visit to the doctor or the emergency room. In the end, her husband was forced to let his small business go and take a low-paying job, just because it came with health insurance. To quote Denise:
It is sometimes very hard just making it in the small
business community, and very few small business owners are
rich enough to be able to afford the high costs of health
insurance for their families.
Another small business owner in Kansas told me he is paying over $2,000 a month each month in premiums alone for health insurance for his family. This is more than his house payment, more than his utility bills and grocery expenses, all combined.
These stories go on and on, not limited to my home State of Kansas. I heard these stories when I had the privilege of serving in the House of Representatives. Eight times we approached this issue. Eight times we passed a bill. Now it is our turn in the Senate, and it is long overdue. I hear these stories from small business owners and employees across the country. Small businesses all share one main concern: finding affordable health care insurance.
This is why I am asking my colleagues today to support and pass the Health Insurance Marketplace Modernization Act. The real question is, Do we take it up? Do we vote for cloture? Or do we let the House pass the bill the ninth time while we sit in the Senate and do nothing for those who cannot afford health insurance? I cannot imagine us doing that at this particular time.
This legislation allows small businesses to pool together through an association and offer health insurance. Everything has to have an acronym in Washington. This one does, too. It is SBHP. I won't venture into what that acronym will be called, but it stands for small business health care plan. It is going to give small businesses an affordable choice for health care.
The legislation is built on the fact that small businesses, unlike large companies such as Microsoft or others, or unions, do not have the power to negotiate affordable prices for health care.
The concept of small business pooling together is not new. I supported legislation when I served in the House. In fact, the association health plan legislation has passed the House numerous times over the years without any action in the Senate. Now we finally have a solution that will provide meaningful relief to small businesses across Kansas and the country. We all know small businesses face many pressures in running the businesses. I believe we must enact commonsense policies to overcome these hurdles. We should allow the local farm implement dealer to pool together with other dealers in Kansas and across the Nation to purchase affordable care.
Kimberly Smith should no longer have to worry about finding affordable health insurance for her children. Denise Breason should not have to stop taking her medications just because she works for a small business and cannot afford her care. Denise Hulse and her husband should not have been forced to let go of their small business, their dream they loved, just to find affordable health coverage. Instead, we need to find these hard-working folks affordable options that allow them to continue to contribute to our small communities, rural and smalltown America. This is why I support the legislation.
As I stand before my colleagues today, I know there have been strong concerns expressed about this and previous association plan proposals. However, the small business health plans that are created under this bill have the necessary protections in place to address these concerns. I would like my colleagues who have concerns to please pay attention.
The small business health plans will be regulated by the States, not the Federal Government. The small business plans will have to play by the same set of rules as other small group health plans. They must purchase their insurance through the regular insurance market. They cannot self-insure. Finally, the SBHPs may offer coverage that varies from State benefit mandates, but they must also offer an alternative plan that provides comprehensive coverage. This gives the consumer a choice in choosing a health plan that best fits their needs, and that is the key.
I have heard concerns from organizations and individuals who fear this bill will take away their coverage for cancer screenings, mental health benefits, or any other mandates required by State law. However, I stress that this is simply not true. Small business, under this bill, will have access to a more comprehensive plan which will cover screenings, mental health services, or numerous other benefits. However, it is up to the small businesses to decide whether such a comprehensive plan is right for them.
The purpose of this language is to give small businesses the option of choosing comprehensive benefits but not requiring them to buy such a rich package or a package they cannot afford. Simply put, this legislation trusts small businesses to choose a health care plan that best fits their needs and puts these small businesses, not health insurers or the Government, in the driver's seat when choosing their health care coverage. If a small employer wants to choose a more affordable plan for himself, his family, and his employees, he should have that option. Under this legislation, he has that option. However, he should not be forced by law to buy benefits that may be beyond what he can afford or beyond what he and his employees really need.
I want to put the problem of mandating coverage in perspective. While small employers want to provide affordable health insurance for their employees, expensive and burdensome benefit mandates make doing so very difficult. Small firms and self-employed people have almost no leverage with insurance companies. In addition, they have to deal with an enormous array of State-level health insurance regulations. I don't think you read them; I think you weigh them. All of the benefit mandates, all of these regulations add to the cost and the complexity of the coverage.
In contrast, however, big businesses generally don't have to deal with burdensome regulations. Federal law lets large companies, such as Microsoft and GM, and unions bypass expensive State benefit mandates to provide affordable comprehensive coverage for their workers. I ask my colleagues, why shouldn't small businesses be able to enjoy these same opportunities?
Today, there are more than 1,800 State mandates, making it nearly impossible for associations to offer uniform and affordable benefit packages on a regional or national basis. Taken together, these benefit mandates create a confusing web, an unfunded mandate that prices many Americans out of the health insurance market. The Congressional Budget Office and the Government Accountability Office and others have found that State-imposed benefit mandates raise the cost of health insurance anywhere from 5 to 22 percent. In addition, CBO estimates that every 1- percent increase in insurance costs results in 200,000 to 300,000 more uninsured Americans. In reality, benefit mandates represent an unfunded mandate on employers because insurance companies simply pass the cost of each mandate along. When the cost goes up, the coverage goes down. You have more uninsured.
The legislation we are debating today simply provides an opportunity for a small business health plan to relax these burdensome mandates to offer affordable health insurance to small businesses on a regional or national basis, just like the big businesses and unions currently do. We should not be forcing small businesses to choose between staying in business or offering health insurance to their employees. Boy, that is a Hobson's choice. Instead, we need to give them more affordable health insurance choices and be willing to trust them to choose the option that makes the most sense for themselves, their families, their employees, and the future of their businesses.
I know this bill is not perfect. Seldom do we or the other body pass a bill that is perfect. I have long said that we usually achieve the best possible bill, but sometimes must settle for the best bill possible.
I appreciate the concerns that have been expressed with this legislation. However, I express to my colleagues that I think this bill is the best opportunity we have for easing the burden on our small businesses and allowing them to finally offer affordable health care insurance to their employees. I am proud to support this legislation. I urge my colleagues to do the same and vote for cloture. Eight times in the House, zero in the Senate. That should not be a moment of pride for this body. Let us vote for cloture and let us support this bill.
I yield back my time.
Mr. President, I begin by thanking my friend and colleague from Iowa, chairman of the Finance Committee, and the Senator from Montana for the hard work they and their staffs put in on this…
Mr. President, I begin by thanking my friend and colleague from Iowa, chairman of the Finance Committee, and the Senator from Montana for the hard work they and their staffs put in on this legislation. These are not easy bills to deal with, either in this Chamber or the other. And getting through conference always poses a trying time for everyone. Regardless of what positions we take on the final product they present to us, we have a great deal of respect for the work they do. I commend my colleague from New Mexico, as well, for his fine comments this morning regarding this legislation.
It is sort of a nasty day in Washington weather-wise. I was noticing this morning a lot of our constituents from around the country are in the building to see their Nation's Capitol. We have a lot of students, a lot of people with families, and graduating classes that have come to Washington. I was trying to think how I might explain to these younger people, if asked--and I will be meeting with various student groups from my State of Connecticut later today--the $8.4 trillion in our Nation's debt.
What is $8.4 trillion? That is a big number. That is the size of our national debt as we gather here this day in May of 2006. The way I thought I could possibly explain it would be like this: Since they are in this building today, if these students would stand on the steps of the Capitol and hand out one-hundred-dollar bills, a one-hundred-dollar bill every single second, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the next 2,635 years, you would equal $8.4 trillion--a one-hundred-dollar bill every second, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, for the next 2,600 years. That is the level the debt has reached in the last 5 years under this administration and in this Congress. That is a staggering amount of money.
So when somebody says to you: What is $8.4 trillion, explain it to them in simple terms. I will hand out a one-hundred-dollar-bill every second for the next 2,600 years, every single day of the week, every minute of the day, and that is the national debt.
Now we are about to add $70 billion to that without paying for it. And the benefits don't even go to the average citizen. Quite frankly, very few of them get much at all. In fact, the middle 20 percent of income earners will get an average tax benefit of only $20. That doesn't even fill a car's gas tank today. Go to your local gas station and try to put $20 worth of gas in your car and find out how much you get. That is your tax break.
If you fall into the $35,000-to-$65,000 range of income, that is what you get out of this bill. So the benefits are very small and we're not paying for the bill, so it adds to the deficit and the national debt-- which is already staggeringly high. Frankly, we are disregarding very important priorities that we ought to be considering. With all due respect--and I know the managers tried their darnedest to get a better bill, and I know both of the gentlemen--this bill should be rejected. I don't know how we go back to our constituencies and explain that the fiscal irresponsibility of this Congress and this administration should dictate that we ought to allow our national debt to grow to the extent that it is growing.
So my hope is that when the vote occurs, our colleagues, Democrats and Republicans, would say no to this; that we should go back and try again. This is not a good bill, and it will do a great disservice to our country.
What are we going to use the money for? Where is it going? We intend to use this money--this $70 billion that we are going to put on a credit card--by the way, of that $8.4 trillion, who do you think holds about a quarter of that mortgage? It is not held in America; $2 trillion of that debt is being held offshore in some countries that don't necessarily have the best interests of our country at heart. They are holding that mortgage, and we are going to give them $70 billion more, more than likely, or a good part of it, to be held offshore.
We have young men and women serving in uniform in Iraq and Afghanistan who are putting their lives on the line. Are we going to pay for that? Of course not. Are we providing for the veterans who have come home who we know need significant help in health care? No. Are we going to invest in education? How many times do you have to read that we need to do a better job in education in our country if America is going to be able to compete in the 21st century? But no. Research and development? No. How about alternative fuels so that we are less dependent on foreign sources of energy? No. Or infrastructure? There is not a person anywhere who won't warn you that our roads, highways, sewage systems, and water systems are collapsing in many places, and we are doing nothing about replacing or maintaining them. None of this bill goes for that at all.
Under this bill, mainstream Americans--the middle 20 percent of income earners--will get an average tax cut of $20. I suspect that a lot of the people we saw arriving in our Nation's Capitol, walking the halls, would fall into that category. They are going to get about a $20 break in this bill. I won't go down this complete chart. But if you make less than $10,000, of course, you get no tax break. If you make $10,000 to $20,000, you get $2. If you are in the $20,000 to $30,000 category, you get $9. If you make $30,000 to $40,000, you get $16 in a tax break in this bill. If you make $40,000 to $50,000, you get $46. If you are in the $50,000 to $75,000 range, it is $110. I will jump ahead. If you are in the two-tenths of 1 percent of the population of this country that makes more than $1 million, you get a $41,977 tax break.
I don't agree with some of my colleagues and others who talk about a sort of class warfare, pitting those in the middle against those who make a lot of the money. I represent one of the most affluent States in the country on a per capita income basis. Connecticut is always listed near the top on per capita income. I have a sizable part of my constituency that do well financially and would benefit under this bill. As I stand here today, I will tell you that the majority of those people who do well in my State think this bill is a bad idea. They are not calling and writing and e-mailing and demanding that this bill be signed into law. They understand fiscal responsibility. They think it is a mistake for us to go deeper and deeper into debt, and to deliver little or no benefit for anyone other than those with incomes of over $1 million.
There are 146,000 people in this country in the top one-tenth of one percent
of income earners, who make more than $5 million a year on average. They get an $82,000 tax break under this bill; 146,000 people get an $82,000 tax break. How many of those people do you think actually need that tax break to make the kind of investments that the supporters of the bill envision? A tiny fraction, if any, would admit that this bill has any merit when it comes to growing our economy. I do know that a small percentage of our population gets a windfall here. The average citizen gets little or nothing.
We are not making the kinds of investments in our country that we ought to be making, and we are going deeper and deeper into debt. We in this generation are going to have an awful lot of explaining to do to coming generations, as to why we left such a mess on their doorstep as we go off into retirement and they are left trying to figure out how to pay these bills.
My colleague from North Dakota, and others, when we considered the bill on the floor, offered amendments to pay for these provisions. We lost them on party-line votes, pretty much. If you want to have a $70 billion tax break, pay for it, we said, but we lost. Pay-as-you-go proposals were made on this side of the aisle. They were rejected by the other side. Of course, we come back from the conference report with the House and the bill gets even worse.
Let me you show what happened. Senator Bingaman of New Mexico did this eloquently. Let me explain it again because it shows you the sort of fantasy world in which people are living. We have all kinds of priorities we need to address in the tax code, some of which were part of this bill when it went over from the Senate--provisions that provided for research and development tax incentives, electricity from cleaner fuels, energy-efficient home tax credits, solar investment, electric car credits, and so forth--reflecting what we are hearing from constituents: Do something about the dependency on foreign oil and the rising price of gasoline. That is what our constituents are asking us to do for the future. But we go to a conference and come back and we dump provisions like the R&D tax credit from the bill and fail to address the pressing energy issues. This bill addresses none of those priorities. Under previous legislation, we've taken care of estate tax relief and top marginal tax relief up until 2010. And now in this bill, we have, of course, capital gains and dividend tax relief in this bill, which have 2 more years on them. They are not going out of date in the next few months, or even the next year. Why not wait and see whether you really think you need to extend them further? Instead, we dump the very provisions to which the American people think we ought to pay attention, not to mention putting non-pressing capital gains and dividends tax benefits ahead of all these other items I talked about that the American people think are important.
So the R&D tax credit is gone. A chance to address the Alternative Minimum Tax for a more meaningful length of time is gone. How about the provisions for kids in college that allow their parents a deduction for tuition expenses? That got dropped from the bill. How many Americans would like tax relief when they are looking at the rising cost of a college education? It is very important to us as a country that those of you in the middle-income category in this country can afford to send your kids to college. We provided for that in the bill, and it got dumped in order to take care of the top two-tenths of 1 percent of income earners. Those were some of the ideas that we thought were important to send over to the other body.
As I mentioned, my colleague from North Dakota offered the amendment that would have paid for these tax cuts, but it was rejected.
Mr. President, I find this terribly disappointing. I wonder if anyone is listening at all. I am not suggesting that all of the wisdom in the world resides in one corner of this Chamber or the other. But I don't know how, when the debt is mounting at the rate it is, with debt being held offshore by countries who don't necessarily have our interests at heart, we are not investing in things that we ought to be investing in to make our country better prepared for the 21st century; how we are squandering our ability to prepare for the great challenges we will face economically in the 21st century. In the midst of all of that, we turn around and take up a tax bill costing $70 billion, which is unpaid for, the overwhelming majority of which goes to those who, frankly, don't need it or want it. And we do this at the expense of everything else we should be doing in our country.
Again, we are adding to that $8.4 trillion in debt. When you want to explain it back home, just say if you give away a one-hundred-dollar bill every second of every day for 2,600 years, you will get that number. How do you explain that in 5 years we have accumulated so large a portion of that debt, yet we are adding to it today with this irresponsible piece of legislation?
I urge my colleagues to reject this conference report when we have a vote later today.
I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to get an agreement for the lineup of speakers over the next several minutes. It has been cleared by both managers here in the Senate. I ask unanimous consent…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent to get an agreement for the lineup of speakers over the next several minutes. It has been cleared by both managers here in the Senate.
I ask unanimous consent that the next speakers come up in this order: Since Senator DeMint has finished, next would be 5 minutes for Senator Hutchison, to be followed by 15 minutes for Senator Schumer, to be followed by 10 minutes for myself, followed by 15 minutes for Senator Wyden after I finish speaking, and then Senator Enzi would come next, to be followed by Senator Boxer for 5 minutes.
We did not indicate a time amount for Senator Enzi. We were not able to confirm exactly how much time he would need. I think part of it would depend on how the rest of the time goes.
Mr. President, on behalf of hard-working American people, I am pleased to rise today in support of picking up this very important Tax Increase Prevention Act. I have been looking forward to this for almost a year now, and finally we have reached the magic moment. I believe we are waiting for Senator Hutchison to arrive. While she is on her way, let me just put in the Record at this point the timeline of what has transpired.
First of all, the tax reconciliation legislation passed the Senate Finance Committee on November 15, 2005. The Senate then passed the tax reconciliation bill 64 to 33, a very strong bipartisan vote. On December 8, 2005, the House passed the bill 234 to 197.
Along the way, there were many hurdles thrown up, delays, and obstruction. In fact, instead of going to conference, because of the fact that the Senate had acted first, we actually had to bring it back to the floor of the Senate and go through the process again.
On February 2 of this year, 2006, the Senate repassed the tax reconciliation bill by a vote of 66 to 31, again bipartisan, actually an increased number. Then on February 14, the Senate completed action on the debate, 10 hours of motions to instruct conferees with a mini vote-arama. But we completed our work, and conferees were appointed on February 18. Now here we are with a conference report and a bill that clearly is needed to prevent a tax increase on working Americans.
I just wanted to get the timeline in the Record, and then I will have some further comments, following the next two speakers, about the substance. At this time, I believe we are lined up for Senator Hutchison for 5 minutes.
Mr. President, I am delighted to be here and be able to respond to some of the comments we heard from the Senator from New York. I do agree with him--up to a point. I agree that this bill shows the stark differences between the two parties. One is for tax increases, that is the Democrats, and one is for preventing tax increases and supporting tax relief for all Americans--working Americans, middle-class Americans, and seniors who depend on dividends and capital gains to be able to support themselves in their retirement.
My colleagues on the other side often say: Oh, yes, we are for middle-class tax cuts. But, in fact, when they get a chance to vote on them, they almost always vote against them, or at least the majority of them. Yes, this is a good example of the difference in the two parties. As a matter of fact, the Senator from New York knows quite well that we are going to have a follow-on tax bill that is very close to being completed, and it has already been announced by the distinguished chairman of the Finance Committee that it will include the relief for college students paying tuition. We are going to have that. It is almost as if he thinks that because it is not in this reconciliation tax increase prevention bill, it is gone, it will not happen. I will tell you right here and now, it will happen. It will happen soon. I have the press release from Senator Grassley, announcing that has already been agreed to.
I do find it interesting, too, that Senator Schumer, while he talks about how wonderful this tuition tax deduction is, when it was first passed in the bipartisan 2001 tax bill, he voted no. He voted no on the bill that had it in there. Now it is the most wonderful thing he has ever seen.
You know, there is a little positioning going on, on both sides. I understand that. But I think we need to look at the substance of what we are dealing with and what the impact is going to be. I do want to emphasize this point again, too. Our senior citizens are very dependent on the income they get from capital gains and also from dividends. If we allow the tax on that to go way up, back to where it was, they will feel it as much or more than anybody. So we need to be sure that we know what the true impact is going to be if we do not stop these tax increases from occurring.
With regard to the oil provisions, no final decision has been made on that. That will be considered and will be a part of the next bill, frankly. I think some of those provisions that were in the earlier bill should stay in there, personally, but we are going to work through that. But I want to go over some questions and some details of what is in the bill. I wonder, do the Democrats oppose the centerpiece of the bill, which is a $34 billion provision to ensure that the alternative minimum tax does not hit more than 15 million middle-income families this year? I thought this was something they felt passionately about. You know, we have to take action to stop the unintended consequences of the alternative minimum tax, AMT--$34 billion. This is only a $70 billion bill, and about half of it would go, clearly, to these middle- income people.
Do they oppose exempting Americans with incomes up to $62,550 from the onerous AMT? Do they oppose quadrupling small business expensing, which allows small businesses to write off up to $100,000 a year in the cost of new equipment?
There are two provisions there that, combined, take over half the bill, that clearly help middle-income taxpayers avoid the AMT and help small businesses that keep creating the jobs and moving the economy.
It prevents a tax increase for small businesses of over $7 billion from being foisted on this very important part of our economy.
What do they oppose? Do they oppose the progrowth policy of taxing capital gains and dividends at 15 percent? Or at 5 percent--get this now--5 percent for individuals in the 10- or 15-percent tax brackets? If we don't stop these tax increases, you are going to see a significant tax increase for individuals in the 10- and 15-percent tax brackets. Do they oppose that?
Contrary to the Democratic mantra, these tax cuts affect individuals at every income level. If anybody accuses my State, after being devastated by Hurricane Katrina, of being a wealthy State--we are trying to join the Union
and move up in our economic status. Yet, in my home State, over 150,000 taxpayers will see a tax increase if we don't extend the 15-percent tax rate on dividends. Nearly 120,000 taxpayers will face a tax increase if we don't extend the rate on capital gains.
That is IRS data. That is not something I put together with a pencil and a piece of paper.
The average tax increase will be nearly $200 per person per year. That is significant.
I was explaining to my own daughter this very morning about how this bill is important to her. She doesn't have a lot of capital gains. She has some dividends--not much but she is in that category which is significantly impacted by the AMT if we don't pass this bill.
I understand. I guess it is a political season and taking positions.
I don't believe Democrats oppose anything in this bill. In fact, the Senator from New York said: Well, yes, many people I guess in New York are concerned about the impact of a tax increase on capital gains and dividends. It is just that he doesn't like this one. If not this, what? If not now, when? This needs to be done. What has been the impact of these tax cuts? The economy has continued to grow astronomically in spite of all the major cataclysmic events we have been dealing with; creating jobs; the American dream at the highest it has ever been; and the number of American people who own their homes. Almost 70 percent of Americans own their homes. Yet we clearly show from the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office that we have had a greatly higher unanticipated increase in the revenue from capital gains than we would have had otherwise.
Do we want to kill the goose that laid the golden egg?
I don't understand why the American people are still not aware that there are so many goods things happening in the economy. Unemployment is at 4.7 percent, which is caused by 5 million new jobs being created since 2003. The gross domestic product is 4.8 percent--I was astounded by that growth--in the last quarter. Overall, household wealth is at an all-time high, reaching $51.1 trillion. Income is rising, and inflation remains in check. Lastly, but perhaps most critically, Federal revenues grew by 14 percent in 2005, reaching a record $2.15 trillion.
The problem with the deficit is not insufficient revenue. It is coming in. It is coming in because Presidents and Members of Congress-- Presidents such as Kennedy and Reagan--knew that if you cut taxes in the right way, you get important revenue. There are those who still want to deny that, but history and the statistics speak for themselves.
I think this is a good bill. It is a relatively narrow bill in terms of portions included in it. We only have about five major things, and a few little smaller points included in this bill. We are not finished. We are going to have the follow-on bill. I want to keep the economy growing. I want to do the right thing. This is the right thing to do.
I am delighted to be here to speak in behalf of this legislation and to explain what is in it and to question some of the allegations that are being made about what is in it or what is not in it. This is good for the American people because it will be good for the American economy.
I don't understand this class warfare stuff that is always going on. If you cut taxes for people who actually pay taxes, you automatically get less. When are we ever going to grow up and get over that?
I think it is good legislation. I am pleased to be here and support it. I urge my colleagues to vote for it. It will pass, and we will go to the follow-on bill which will have a number of other very important provisions, and perhaps it will be part of what we do with regard to guaranteeing people's security and their pensions for the future, also.
I do not know if I have any time remaining. If I don't, I yield the floor.
Mr. President, I thank my friend from Wyoming, a man who lives south of the 45th parallel from our State, for the work he has done on this legislation. We have been asked a lot of times what drives…
Mr. President, I thank my friend from Wyoming, a man who lives south of the 45th parallel from our State, for the work he has done on this legislation.
We have been asked a lot of times what drives us on this legislation. I have been on the Small Business Committee now for three terms. We tried to pass an association health plan for the last 12 to 15 years. Even Senator Bumpers, the senior Senator from Arkansas back in those days, worked on a bill, and his own side wouldn't let him complete that exercise.
The landscape has changed a little bit, and the numbers we are getting
now are much larger than they were, say, 10 years ago: 27 million working Americans are uninsured; 63 percent are either self-employed or work for a small business. For small businesses with 10 or fewer employees, 34 percent of those are uninsured. And for firms with 10 to 24 workers, 27 percent of them are uninsured.
Then I looked at my own State and looked at those numbers, and they are compelling numbers. In Montana, 60 percent of small businesses with fewer than 10 employees do not offer health insurance. That is a big number, 60 percent. Incidentally, most employers in Montana are small businesses. They make up the vast majority of our working force. They are people who run small firms that we typically think of as small business, but there is another small business--and some are a little bit bigger and can be defined as a big business--that we tend to overlook, and they are the people who live on farms and ranches across this country. They have the same desire and same needs for insurance coverage.
As I talk to my folks who live in rural Montana, ranch families simply cannot afford health insurance. Those who can, typically carry a high deductible catastrophic policy and then hope they will be able to weather the health care costs should tragedy strike. Consequently, many ranch families must work second jobs, and do, simply to get health insurance benefits.
Furthermore, very few farm and ranch owners provide their farm workers with health insurance. This isn't because they don't wish to provide that coverage. It is because providing such coverage is unaffordable. One ranch family my staff spoke with currently spends $2,000 a month for coverage of their family of four. As expensive as it is, they can't afford to go without the coverage as one of the members was in a ranch accident which confined him to a wheelchair for the rest of his life.
Consequently, these hard-working Americans are forced to rely on already burdened emergency rooms and health clinics. These small hospitals in rural Montana, some of which we define as critical access hospitals, could not have kept their doors open had it not been for a redefinition of critical access hospitals, telemedicine, and the ability for people to afford health insurance. I fear if we do not begin to seriously address this issue of the uninsured, particularly in rural areas, many of these small critical access facilities cannot survive.
I have heard their argument on the other side. Why would they put at peril health care facilities in rural America? And that is what they would be doing should we continue to do nothing. Therefore, the choice we must make this week could not be clearer. Do we prefer to give small business and individual proprietors the ability to offer their employees health benefits, or do we prefer to continue to limit their ability to offer benefits by Government regulations--mandates?
People like to have a choice. They don't want to go to the store and just buy one brand. It is an easy question for me to answer. The farmers and ranchers and small businesses of Montana--and Senator Enzi has almost the same makeup in his State as we have in our State. Agriculture plays a huge role in Wyoming and Montana. In fact, it contributes more to the GDP than any other industry. So it is not fair to those hard-working folks in rural areas to deny them the benefits that large corporations enjoy or unions and, yes, those of us who serve in this Senate. It is incumbent on us to get these business health plans in place, and now.
As we have no doubt heard, one of the major criticisms of the bill is it allows small business health plans to avoid State-enacted insurance mandates. I don't think that is quite accurate. Specifically, some of the loudest critics allege this bill will cut off coverage for mammograms, childhood immunizations, supplies, colorectal cancer screening, and many other procedures. It is not true. It just isn't true. To use a scare tactic does not do much to further the debate on how we should approach this particular problem.
Studies have shown that health care plans cover these and other services regardless of State mandates. Members of the Senate need look no further than their own health benefits package to know this is the case. Federal employee health benefits plans are not subject to State mandates. Yet these plans provide comprehensive coverage for these services and often provide better coverage than would be covered under most State mandates.
I don't like to see small business characterized as this is a way to save money at the expense of their employees. Small businesspeople are closer to their employees. They understand their responsibilities better than anybody in the world of commerce because they are small, they are a family. That is why the owner has to take the same policy as the employee. You wouldn't even have to mandate that.
I can remember I started a small business and it stayed that way. It wasn't planned, but it did. We insured our employees, and yet my wife and I carried no insurance, and we had a growing family at that time. We did it for economic reasons. But we had the responsibility to protect the folks who worked there.
Most plans cover essential services required by State mandates regardless of whether they are mandated. So why? Because it is not only good policy, but it is good business. For instance, plans generally cover breast cancer screenings regardless of State mandates because it is far cheaper than having to pay for a mastectomy. Plans generally cover screenings for colorectal cancer regardless of State mandates because it is far cheaper to catch it early. Plans cover diabetes treatment regardless of State mandates because it is far less expensive than having to pay for all the maladies that can come about if you are not treated, such as blindness and, yes, amputations.
It is far better to have childhood immunizations in your plan than pay for the more serious diseases that may develop if you are not immunized.
It just makes good sense if you want to keep the employee around and their family that you have grown to know because when you run a small business, it is a personal thing.
We have crafted this approach--and it is not a panacea to cure everything, but at least it is a step in the right direction to cover people who have no insurance today.
It is impossible for small business associations to offer uniform health insurance benefits packages affordably on a regional or national basis. It is hard. If we try to do anything around here, we try to pass legislation that is one size fits all. That is pretty tough to do. Circumstances in Maryland or Virginia are probably a little bit different than they are when you get west of the Mississippi River, especially in my State of Montana.
For instance, what is required for diabetes coverage in Montana is not the same as is required in the States of my friends from Idaho, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Wyoming. Thus, the association that offers benefits to small businesses in this region must adhere to the different mandates in each State. Having to fashion a plan to meet the mandates for each State drives up the cost. What we are trying to do is get our arms around the cost of it. It is impossible to offer a plan without first addressing cost. According to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office and the Government Accountability Office, these State-imposed benefit mandates raise the cost of insurance and cause countless Americans to go with no coverage at all.
Moreover, some of those mandates in certain States are for coverage procedures that the vast majority of Americans would not want and probably do not even know are offered. Acupuncture, for example, is a mandated benefit in some States. Some people may benefit from this service, but the vast majority of Americans do not. This is but one example of the hundreds and hundreds of mandates throughout this country for services many do not realize they are covered for and would not avail themselves of if they did. Yet the cost of covering this and other procedures is paid by everyone in that State due to those mandates.
It is a simple thing, insurance. I don't think I have heard it used on the floor since this debate got started. Simply put, when costs go up, coverages go down. It is a simple fact in the underwriting business.
So by allowing the businesses to band together and pool their resources, thereby giving them the same bargaining power large corporations enjoy, this bill, S. 1955, will lower cost
and improve access for millions and millions of Americans who do not have it today. This bill will not create a perfect health plan for all Americans, but that is not what we are talking about. This bill will increase the number of Americans with health insurance. This body can debate endlessly on what the perfect health plan is, but that does little good for the employees of small businesses who currently have none at all. So the choice is clear: Do we increase the amount of working American families with health insurance or do we let partisanship rule the day, as it has for too many years? The American people need better and they deserve better, and this bill will give them better as we move it along.
S. 1955 will lower health costs. All the figures we see tell us that. More importantly, it will give many working Americans affordable health benefits, something they don't have today. My farmers, my ranchers, and the small businesses in small towns across America, which are the backbone of our economy, deserve the same rights as the Fortune 500 companies, unions, and yes, even us, the Government.
It is time to act, even though it may not be perfect. Perfection should never get in the way of doing something for small businesses and their employees.
I thank my friend from Wyoming for allowing me this time.
Mr. CORNYN addressed the Chair.
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that I be ceded 15 minutes from our side's time. Mr. President, everyone here knows we are going to vote on a $70 billion reconciliation bill later today, and…
Mr. President, I ask unanimous consent that I be ceded 15 minutes from our side's time.
Mr. President, everyone here knows we are going to vote on a $70 billion reconciliation bill later today, and it is far different from the bipartisan bill that originally passed the Senate. I would like all of America to please pay attention to this bill because if anything ever showed the differences between the two parties, this is it. We want to help the middle class; they want to help the richest people in America who are doing very well already. That is the fundamental difference between the bill that left the Senate with bipartisan support and the new bill that is coming back.
My good friend from Texas said: Help the people who earn it. Far too much of this bill goes to the people who make over $1 million a year; far too much. If there were no harm to the middle class, that would be great. But too many provisions that affect the middle class are hurt, and the one that I am going to focus on is one of the best provisions we have passed under this new President, and that is making tuition tax deductible for people whose incomes go up to about $150,000. That is gone. That is not extended for 1 new year or 2 new years; it is gone. And in its place are tax benefits for the wealthy and, worst of all, the removal of $5.1 billion of tax increases on the oil companies which are making record profits. No one likes to tax anybody, but I ask America: Oil companies or middle-class students? Whom do you pick? The leadership, the Republicans, and the President chose the oil companies. Democrats choose middle-class students struggling for college.
It is not just this issue. That is a metaphor for why Americans are looking for change. That is a metaphor for what they finally understand--that the trickle-down economics, which gives the overwhelming benefit of the tax cuts to the wealthy with a few crumbs for the middle class, doesn't work anymore.
Politics is a tough and tricky business, but sometimes you get handed an issue that is so crystal-clear, you want to make sure everybody knows about it. And this tax bill so perfectly shows the Republican majority's misplaced priorities that I think the American people are going to see it the way most of my colleagues and I see it. This bill shows the true colors of the Republican Party, which is far more interested in helping the very wealthy--God bless them--than hard- working middle-class Americans.
Make no mistake about it. There is a choice. There is a choice. You can't do both. And when people on the other side of the aisle, whether they are up for reelection this year or not, vote against our proposals and vote for this tax bill, they will be taking away from the middle class one of the best benefits we have given the middle class in recent years.
Let me talk a little bit about this issue. Several months ago, the Senate passed its version of the tax bill with 66 votes, 17 Democrats, myself among them. Our bill contained AMT relief, which this bill does, but it also contained college tuition. The extender package, including a 4-year extension of college tuition deductibility, which I was proud to author, was in the Senate bill, but because, again, the White House, the House leadership, and Senate leadership said: No, no, no, big oil comes above middle class students, it is gone. To refresh everyone's memory, since our Republican conferees seem to have forgotten, the 2001 tax cut contained a provision that made college tuition deductible for the first time. The deduction, modeled on a bill I championed with Senators Snowe, Biden, Smith, Bayh, and Durbin--bipartisan--allowed middle-class families to deduct $3,000 from their tax return and that deduction was raised to $4,000 a year in 2004.
Last year, single filers who made up to $65,000 and joint filers with income up to $130,000 qualified for the full deduction, and there was also a smaller $2,000 deduction for those with higher incomes.
For the first time, the middle class would get some relief. You know, we help the poor go to college. We help the working poor go to college with Federal grants. That is a great thing. But in every one of our States, middle-class people came to us and said: What about us? I may make $70,000 or $80,000 or $90,000 a year, but I can't afford tuition. We finally came to their aid. It is gone. It is gone because the other side wanted to extend tax cuts that are already there in the outyears for capital gains and dividends.
I am all for reducing the tax on capital gains and dividends, but it is there already. And the cavalier attitude--do something for 2009 and 2010 and take away something from the middle class this year--again, bespeaks volumes as to why the American people are turning away from the majority and the President and turning to us. I have consistently worked with my colleagues to try to expand the deduction. But as I said, this deduction is not in the report.
The conference report is also interesting for what it includes that was not in the Senate version, as I mentioned: the 2003 tax cuts on dividends and capital gains for those earning $1 million a year. We did not include those in the Senate version because the Senate believed that those tax cuts that have already expired, such as the tuition deduction, should take priority over tax cuts that are not scheduled to expire for 3 more years.
I offered a resolution with Senator Menendez, a sense of the Senate, and got 73 votes. There will probably be 20 people who voted for that resolution saying support college tuition, not extend dividend and interest income deductions which go to the very wealthy, that are already on the books, and they are going to flip-flop when they vote for this bill.
Some of my other colleagues are going to speak of the distributional inequities, but I want to speak of the real choices we have with tuition, even assuming that it was a good idea to extend the capital gains and dividends tax cut. As I said, I believe that those taxes should be reduced. I do believe they create growth. But there was another alternative, because in the Senate bill was $5.1 billion which changed the accounting and created revenues from big oil. Again, that was taken out. If it had been kept in, we could have had the dividend cut, we could have had the capital gains cut, we could have had the AMT cut, and we could have saved the tuition deductibility for middle-class students.
So the choice was clear: Big oil or middle-class students. The other party couldn't help itself. They had to side with big oil. That they are going to live with, certainly, through the 2006 elections.
Do you think half of America would choose big oil over college student tax deductions? Do you think a quarter of America would choose that? Do you think 5 percent of America would choose that? Absolutely not. But as in the past, my colleagues on the other side of the aisle think they are insulated from the argument. They think by saying ``tax cuts,'' no one can show which tax cuts they have chosen over others. It is not true anymore. The tuition deductibility is a tax cut just like the other tax cuts in this bill, and it is not there anymore.
The oil provisions should have stayed in. The first related to an accounting method that the oil companies use. Along with Senator Snowe, I added a provision that disallowed the oil companies from using LIFO, which means when the costs of your inputs are rising--in other words, the price of oil--using LIFO allows the oil companies to make their income appear lower than it is so they pay less tax; and oil costs are rising. So this would have simply restored some equity and made sure they paid a fair amount of tax. But the President and the Republican leadership hated this one because they have to protect big oil above the interests of middle-class students.
The Senate passed our provisions with 66 votes, and I suppose the conferees thought that in the dark of night they could put them back.
There was a third provision added by my colleague from Oregon, Senator Wyden, in addition to the two that I offered--one with LIFO and one with profits they make overseas. They didn't put that one back either. President Bush actually spoke out against it a few weeks ago.
So the bottom line is simple, and there is an amazing coincidence. What was the cost of the oil tax breaks? It was $5.1 billion. What would be the cost of extending tuition deductibility for 3 years to middle-class people? It would be $5.1 billion.
America, whom do you choose? If you choose big oil, continue to vote for the other side. If you choose students, vote for us. This bill could have had the exact same provisions in it with all of the arguments made by others about needing the capital gains and dividends tax cuts, if simply the other side had the guts to tell big oil you are still going to make record profits, but we are not going to allow you this extra $5.1 billion. Instead, they are telling hard-working, middle-class families who are struggling to pay tuition: Tough luck. The oil companies come first.
This is a sad day for the middle class. It is a sad day for those of us who know that a college education is crucial for the future for America to stay No. 1. It is a sad day when this Senate turns its back on the interests of others. The Republican majority will try to spin this bill as a boon to the middle class. The facts show it is not true, and we are not going to let them get away with it anymore. Democrats are not afraid to face these issues because we know there are choices. When we convey the choices to the American people, we are confident they will decide we need new leadership in Congress and the White House. We need change. Because a party that once heralded itself as friends of the middle class has turned its back on that middle class for the special interests.
I yield the floor.
Bill Text
Latest available legislative text
[Congressional Bills 109th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[S. 2510 Introduced in Senate (IS)]
109th CONGRESS
2d Session
S. 2510
To establish a national health program administered by the Office of
Personnel Management to offer health benefits plans to individuals who
are not Federal employees, and for other purposes.
_______________________________________________________________________
IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES
April 5, 2006
Mr. Durbin (for himself, Mrs. Lincoln, Mr. Reid, Mr. Baucus, Mr.
Kennedy, Mr. Kerry, Mr. Bingaman, Mr. Carper, Mr. Dayton, Mr. Harkin,
Mr. Kohl, Mr. Nelson of Florida, Ms. Cantwell, Mrs. Clinton, Mr. Dodd,
Mr. Leahy, Ms. Mikulski, Mr. Pryor, Mr. Lieberman, Mr. Lautenberg, Mr.
Johnson, Mr. Menendez, Mr. Rockefeller, and Mrs. Boxer) introduced the
following bill; which was read twice and referred to the Committee on
Finance
_______________________________________________________________________
A BILL
To establish a national health program administered by the Office of
Personnel Management to offer health benefits plans to individuals who
are not Federal employees, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.
This Act may be cited as the ``Small Employers Health Benefits
Program Act of 2006''.
SEC. 2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) In General.--In this Act, the terms ``member of family'',
``health benefits plan'', ``carrier'', ``employee organizations'', and
``dependent'' have the meanings given such terms in section 8901 of
title 5, United States Code.
(b) Other Terms.--In this Act:
(1) Employee.--The term ``employee'' has the meaning given
such term under section 3(6) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002(6)). Such term shall not
include an employee of the Federal Government.
(2) Employer.--The term ``employer'' has the meaning given
such term under section 3(5) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002(5)), except that such term
shall include only employers who employed an average of at
least 1 but not more than 100 employees on business days during
the year preceding the date of application. Such term shall not
include the Federal Government.
(3) Health status-related factor.--The term ``health
status-related factor'' has the meaning given such term in
section 2791(d)(9) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
300gg-91(d)(9)).
(4) Office.--The term ``Office'' means the Office of
Personnel Management.
(5) Participating employer.--The term ``participating
employer'' means an employer that--
(A) elects to provide health insurance coverage
under this Act to its employees; and
(B) is not offering other comprehensive health
insurance coverage to such employees.
(c) Application of Certain Rules in Determination of Employer
Size.--For purposes of subsection (b)(2):
(1) Application of aggregation rule for employers.--All
persons treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c),
(m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
shall be treated as 1 employer.
(2) Employers not in existence in preceding year.--In the
case of an employer which was not in existence for the full
year prior to the date on which the employer applies to
participate, the determination of whether such employer meets
the requirements of subsection (b)(2) shall be based on the
average number of employees that it is reasonably expected such
employer will employ on business days in the employer's first
full year.
(3) Predecessors.--Any reference in this subsection to an
employer shall include a reference to any predecessor of such
employer.
(d) Waiver and Continuation of Participation.--
(1) Waiver.--The Office may waive the limitations relating
to the size of an employer which may participate in the health
insurance program established under this Act on a case by case
basis if the Office determines that such employer makes a
compelling case for such a waiver. In making determinations
under this paragraph, the Office may consider the effects of
the employment of temporary and seasonal workers and other
factors.
(2) Continuation of participation.--An employer
participating in the program under this Act that experiences an
increase in the number of employees so that such employer has
in excess of 100 employees, may not be excluded from
participation solely as a result of such increase in employees.
(e) Treatment of Health Benefits Plan as Group Health Plan.--A
health benefits plan offered under this Act shall be treated as a group
health plan for purposes of applying the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) except to the extent that
a provision of this Act expressly provides otherwise.
SEC. 3. HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR NON-FEDERAL EMPLOYEES.
(a) Administration.--The Office shall administer a health insurance
program for non-Federal employees and employers in accordance with this
Act.
(b) Regulations.--Except as provided under this Act, the Office
shall prescribe regulations to apply the provisions of chapter 89 of
title 5, United States Code, to the greatest extent practicable to
participating carriers, employers, and employees covered under this
Act.
(c) Limitations.--In no event shall the enactment of this Act
result in--
(1) any increase in the level of individual or Federal
Government contributions required under chapter 89 of title 5,
United States Code, including copayments or deductibles;
(2) any decrease in the types of benefits offered under
such chapter 89; or
(3) any other change that would adversely affect the
coverage afforded under such chapter 89 to employees and
annuitants and members of family under that chapter.
(d) Enrollment.--The Office shall develop methods to facilitate
enrollment under this Act, including the use of the Internet.
(e) Contracts for Administration.--The Office may enter into
contracts for the performance of appropriate administrative functions
under this Act.
(f) Separate Risk Pool.--In the administration of this Act, the
Office shall ensure that covered employees under this Act are in a risk
pool that is separate from the risk pool maintained for covered
individuals under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
(g) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this Act shall be construed
to require a carrier that is participating in the program under chapter
89 of title 5, United States Code, to provide health benefits plan
coverage under this Act.
SEC. 4. CONTRACT REQUIREMENT.
(a) In General.--The Office may enter into contracts with qualified
carriers offering health benefits plans of the type described in
section 8903 or 8903a of title 5, United States Code, without regard to
section 5 of title 41, United States Code, or other statutes requiring
competitive bidding, to provide health insurance coverage to employees
of participating employers under this Act. Each contract shall be for a
uniform term of at least 1 year, but may be made automatically
renewable from term to term in the absence of notice of termination by
either party. In entering into such contracts, the Office shall ensure
that health benefits coverage is provided for individuals only,
individuals with one or more children, married individuals without
children, and married individuals with one or more children.
(b) Eligibility.--A carrier shall be eligible to enter into a
contract under subsection (a) if such carrier--
(1) is licensed to offer health benefits plan coverage in
each State in which the plan is offered; and
(2) meets such other requirements as determined appropriate
by the Office.
(c) Statement of Benefits.--
(1) In general.--Each contract under this Act shall contain
a detailed statement of benefits offered and shall include
information concerning such maximums, limitations, exclusions,
and other definitions of benefits as the Office considers
necessary or desirable.
(2) Ensuring a range of plans.--The Office shall ensure
that a range of health benefits plans are available to
participating employers under this Act.
(3) Participating plans.--The Office shall not prohibit the
offering of any health benefits plan to a participating
employer if such plan is eligible to participate in the Federal
Employees Health Benefits Program.
(4) Nationwide plan.--With respect to all nationwide plans,
the Office shall develop a benefit package that shall be
offered in the case of a contract for a health benefit plan
that is to be offered on a nationwide basis that meets all
State benefit mandates.
(d) Standards.--The minimum standards prescribed for health
benefits plans under section 8902(e) of title 5, United States Code,
and for carriers offering plans, shall apply to plans and carriers
under this Act. Approval of a plan may be withdrawn by the Office only
after notice and opportunity for hearing to the carrier concerned
without regard to subchapter II of chapter 5 and chapter 7 of title 5,
United States Code.
(e) Conversion.--
(1) In general.--A contract may not be made or a plan
approved under this section if the carrier under such contract
or plan does not offer to each enrollee whose enrollment in the
plan is ended, except by a cancellation of enrollment, a
temporary extension of coverage during which the individual may
exercise the option to convert, without evidence of good
health, to a nongroup contract providing health benefits. An
enrollee who exercises this option shall pay the full periodic
charges of the nongroup contract.
(2) Noncancellable.--The benefits and coverage made
available under paragraph (1) may not be canceled by the
carrier except for fraud, over-insurance, or nonpayment of
periodic charges.
(f) Requirement of Payment for or Provision of Health Service.--
Each contract entered into under this Act shall require the carrier to
agree to pay for or provide a health service or supply in an individual
case if the Office finds that the employee, annuitant, family member,
former spouse, or person having continued coverage under section 8905a
of title 5, United States Code, is entitled thereto under the terms of
the contract.
SEC. 5. ELIGIBILITY.
An individual shall be eligible to enroll in a plan under this Act
if such individual--
(1) is an employee of an employer described in section
2(b)(2), or is a self employed individual as defined in section
401(c)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; and
(2) is not otherwise enrolled or eligible for enrollment in
a plan under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
SEC. 6. ALTERNATIVE CONDITIONS TO FEDERAL EMPLOYEE PLANS.
(a) Treatment of Employee.--For purposes of enrollment in a health
benefits plan under this Act, an individual who had coverage under a
health insurance plan and is not a qualified beneficiary as defined
under section 4980B(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall be
treated in a similar manner as an individual who begins employment as
an employee under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
(b) Preexisting Condition Exclusions.--
(1) In general.--Each contract under this Act may include a
preexisting condition exclusion as defined under section
9801(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
(2) Exclusion period.--A preexisting condition exclusion
under this subsection shall provide for coverage of a
preexisting condition to begin not later than 6 months after
the date on which the coverage of the individual under a health
benefits plan commences, reduced by the aggregate 1 day for
each day that the individual was covered under a health
insurance plan immediately preceding the date the individual
submitted an application for coverage under this Act. This
provision shall be applied notwithstanding the applicable
provision for the reduction of the exclusion period provided
for in section 701(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1181(a)(3)).
(c) Rates and Premiums.--
(1) In general.--Rates charged and premiums paid for a
health benefits plan under this Act--
(A) shall be determined in accordance with this
subsection;
(B) may be annually adjusted subject to paragraph
(3);
(C) shall be negotiated in the same manner as rates
and premiums are negotiated under such chapter 89; and
(D) shall be adjusted to cover the administrative
costs of the Office under this Act.
(2) Determinations.--In determining rates and premiums
under this Act, the following provisions shall apply:
(A) In general.--A carrier that enters into a
contract under this Act shall determine that amount of
premiums to assess for coverage under a health benefits
plan based on an community rate that may be annually
adjusted--
(i) for the geographic area involved if the
adjustment is based on geographical divisions
that are not smaller than a metropolitan
statistical area and the carrier provides
evidence of geographic variation in cost of
services;
(ii) based on whether such coverage is for
an individual, two adults, one adult and one or
more children, or a family; and
(iii) based on the age of covered
individuals (subject to subparagraph (C)).
(B) Limitation.--Premium rates charged for coverage
under this Act shall not vary based on health-status
related factors, gender, class of business, or claims
experience
(C) Age adjustments.--
(i) In general.--With respect to
subparagraph (A)(iii), in making adjustments
based on age, the Office shall establish no
more than 5 age brackets to be used by the
carrier in establishing rates. The rates for
any age bracket may not vary by more than 50
percent above or below the community rate on
the basis of attained age. Age-related premiums
may not vary within age brackets.
(ii) Age 65 and older.--With respect to
subparagraph (A)(iii), a carrier may develop
separate rates for covered individuals who are
65 years of age or older for whom medicare is
the primary payor for health benefits coverage
which is not covered under medicare.
``(3) Readjustments.--Any readjustment in rates charged or
premiums paid for a health benefits plan under this Act shall
be made in advance of the contract term in which they will
apply and on a basis which, in the judgment of the Office, is
consistent with the practice of the Office for the Federal
Employees Health Benefits Program.
(d) Termination and Reenrollment.--If an individual who is enrolled
in a health benefits plan under this Act terminates the enrollment, the
individual shall not be eligible for reenrollment until the first open
enrollment period following the expiration of 6 months after the date
of such termination.
(e) Continued Applicability of State Law.--
(1) Health insurance or plans.--
(A) Plans.--With respect to a contract entered into
under this Act under which a carrier will offer health
benefits plan coverage, State mandated benefit laws in
effect in the State in which the plan is offered shall
continue to apply.
(B) Rating rules.--The rating requirements under
subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (c)(2) shall
supercede State rating rules for qualified plans under
this Act, except with respect to States that provide a
rating variance with respect to age that is less than
the Federal limit or that provide for some form of
community rating.
(2) Limitation.--Nothing in this subsection shall be
construed to preempt--
(A) any State or local law or regulation except
those laws and regulations described in subparagraph
(B) of paragraph (1);
(B) any State grievance, claims, and appeals
procedure law, except to the extent that such law is
preempted under section 514 of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974; and
(C) State network adequacy laws.
(f) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this Act shall be construed
to limit the application of the service-charge system used by the
Office for determining profits for participating carriers under chapter
89 of title 5, United States Code.
SEC. 7. ENCOURAGING PARTICIPATION BY CARRIERS THROUGH ADJUSTMENTS FOR
RISK.
(a) Application of Risk Corridors.--
(1) In general.--This section shall only apply to carriers
with respect to health benefits plans offered under this Act
during any of calendar years 2007 through 2009.
(2) Notification of costs under the plan.--In the case of a
carrier that offers a health benefits plan under this Act in
any of calendar years 2007 through 2009, the carrier shall
notify the Office, before such date in the succeeding year as
the Office specifies, of the total amount of costs incurred in
providing benefits under the health benefits plan for the year
involved and the portion of such costs that is attributable to
administrative expenses.
(3) Allowable costs defined.--For purposes of this section,
the term ``allowable costs'' means, with respect to a health
benefits plan offered by a carrier under this Act, for a year,
the total amount of costs described in paragraph (2) for the
plan and year, reduced by the portion of such costs
attributable to administrative expenses incurred in providing
the benefits described in such paragraph.
(b) Adjustment of Payment.--
(1) No adjustment if allowable costs within 3 percent of
target amount.--If the allowable costs for the carrier with
respect to the health benefits plan involved for a calendar
year are at least 97 percent, but do not exceed 103 percent, of
the target amount for the plan and year involved, there shall
be no payment adjustment under this section for the plan and
year.
(2) Increase in payment if allowable costs above 103
percent of target amount.--
(A) Costs between 103 and 108 percent of target
amount.--If the allowable costs for the carrier with
respect to the health benefits plan involved for the
year are greater than 103 percent, but not greater than
108 percent, of the target amount for the plan and
year, the Office shall reimburse the carrier for such
excess costs through payment to the carrier of an
amount equal to 75 percent of the difference between
such allowable costs and 103 percent of such target
amount.
(B) Costs above 108 percent of target amount.--If
the allowable costs for the carrier with respect to the
health benefits plan involved for the year are greater
than 108 percent of the target amount for the plan and
year, the Office shall reimburse the carrier for such
excess costs through payment to the carrier in an
amount equal to the sum of--
(i) 3.75 percent of such target amount; and
(ii) 90 percent of the difference between
such allowable costs and 108 percent of such
target amount.
(3) Reduction in payment if allowable costs below 97
percent of target amount.--
(A) Costs between 92 and 97 percent of target
amount.--If the allowable costs for the carrier with
respect to the health benefits plan involved for the
year are less than 97 percent, but greater than or
equal to 92 percent, of the target amount for the plan
and year, the carrier shall be required to pay into the
contingency reserve fund maintained under section
8909(b)(2) of title 5, United States Code, an amount
equal to 75 percent of the difference between 97
percent of the target amount and such allowable costs.
(B) Costs below 92 percent of target amount.--If
the allowable costs for the carrier with respect to the
health benefits plan involved for the year are less
than 92 percent of the target amount for the plan and
year, the carrier shall be required to pay into the
stabilization fund under section 8909(b)(2) of title 5,
United States Code, an amount equal to the sum of--
(i) 3.75 percent of such target amount; and
(ii) 90 percent of the difference between
92 percent of such target amount and such
allowable costs.
(4) Target amount described.--
(A) In general.--For purposes of this subsection,
the term ``target amount'' means, with respect to a
health benefits plan offered by a carrier under this
Act in any of calendar years 2007 through 2011, an
amount equal to--
(i) the total of the monthly premiums
estimated by the carrier and approved by the
Office to be paid for enrollees in the plan
under this Act for the calendar year involved;
reduced by
(ii) the amount of administrative expenses
that the carrier estimates, and the Office
approves, will be incurred by the carrier with
respect to the plan for such calendar year.
(B) Submission of target amount.--Not later than
December 31, 2006, and each December 31 thereafter
through calendar year 2010, a carrier shall submit to
the Office a description of the target amount for such
carrier with respect to health benefits plans provided
by the carrier under this Act.
(c) Disclosure of Information.--
(1) In general.--Each contract under this Act shall
provide--
(A) that a carrier offering a health benefits plan
under this Act shall provide the Office with such
information as the Office determines is necessary to
carry out this subsection including the notification of
costs under subsection (a)(2) and the target amount
under subsection (b)(4)(B); and
(B) that the Office has the right to inspect and
audit any books and records of the organization that
pertain to the information regarding costs provided to
the Office under such subsections.
(2) Restriction on use of information.--Information
disclosed or obtained pursuant to the provisions of this
subsection may be used by officers, employees, and contractors
of the Office only for the purposes of, and to the extent
necessary in, carrying out this section.
SEC. 8. ENCOURAGING PARTICIPATION BY CARRIERS THROUGH REINSURANCE.
(a) Establishment.--The Office shall establish a reinsurance fund
to provide payments to carriers that experience one or more
catastrophic claims during a year for health benefits provided to
individuals enrolled in a health benefits plan under this Act.
(b) Eligibility for Payments.--To be eligible for a payment from
the reinsurance fund for a plan year, a carrier under this Act shall
submit to the Office an application that contains--
(1) a certification by the carrier that the carrier paid
for at least one episode of care during the year for covered
health benefits for an individual in an amount that is in
excess of $50,000; and
(2) such other information determined appropriate by the
Office.
(c) Payment.--
(1) In general.--The amount of a payment from the
reinsurance fund to a carrier under this section for a
catastrophic episode of care shall be determined by the Office
but shall not exceed an amount equal to 80 percent of the
applicable catastrophic claim amount.
(2) Applicable catastrophic claim amount.--For purposes of
paragraph (1), the applicable catastrophic episode of care
amount shall be equal to the difference between--
(A) the amount of the catastrophic claim; and
(B) $50,000.
(3) Limitation.--In determining the amount of a payment
under paragraph (1), if the amount of the catastrophic claim
exceeds the amount that would be paid for the healthcare items
or services involved under title XVIII of the Social Security
Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), the Office shall use the amount
that would be paid under such title XVIII for purposes of
paragraph (2)(A).
(d) Definition.--In this section, the term ``catastrophic claim''
means a claim submitted to a carrier, by or on behalf of an enrollee in
a health benefits plan under this Act, that is in excess of $50,000.
(e) Termination of Fund.--The reinsurance fund established under
subsection (a) shall terminate on the date that is 2 years after the
date on which the first contract period becomes effective under this
Act.
SEC. 9. CONTINGENCY RESERVE FUND.
Beginning on October 1, 2010, the Office may use amounts
appropriated under section 14(a) that remain unobligated to establish a
contingency reserve fund to provide assistance to carriers offering
health benefits plans under this Act that experience unanticipated
financial hardships (as determined by the Office).
SEC. 10. EMPLOYER PARTICIPATION.
(a) Regulations.--The Office shall prescribe regulations providing
for employer participation under this Act, including the offering of
health benefits plans under this Act to employees.
(b) Enrollment and Offering of Other Coverage.--
(1) Enrollment.--A participating employer shall ensure that
each eligible employee has an opportunity to enroll in a plan
under this Act.
(2) Prohibition on offering other comprehensive health
benefit coverage.--A participating employer may not offer a
health insurance plan providing comprehensive health benefit
coverage to employees other than a health benefits plan that--
(A) meets the requirements described in section
4(a); and
(B) is offered only through the enrollment process
established by the Office under section 3.
(3) Offer of supplemental coverage options.--
(A) In general.--A participating employer may offer
supplementary coverage options to employees.
(B) Definition.--In subparagraph (A), the term
``supplementary coverage'' means benefits described as
``excepted benefits'' under section 2791(c) of the
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg-91(c)).
(c) Rule of Construction.--Except as provided in section 15,
nothing in this Act shall be construed to require that an employer make
premium contributions on behalf of employees.
SEC. 11. ADMINISTRATION THROUGH REGIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE ENTITIES.
(a) In General.--In order to provide for the administration of the
benefits under this Act with maximum efficiency and convenience for
participating employers and health care providers and other individuals
and entities providing services to such employers, the Office is
authorized to enter into contracts with eligible entities to perform,
on a regional basis, one or more of the following:
(1) Collect and maintain all information relating to
individuals, families, and employers participating in the
program under this Act in the region served.
(2) Receive, disburse, and account for payments of premiums
to participating employers by individuals in the region served,
and for payments by participating employers to carriers.
(3) Serve as a channel of communication between carriers,
participating employers, and individuals relating to the
administration of this Act.
(4) Otherwise carry out such activities for the
administration of this Act, in such manner, as may be provided
for in the contract entered into under this section.
(5) The processing of grievances and appeals.
(b) Application.--To be eligible to receive a contract under
subsection (a), an entity shall prepare and submit to the Office an
application at such time, in such manner, and containing such
information as the Office may require.
(c) Process.--
(1) Competitive bidding.--All contracts under this section
shall be awarded through a competitive bidding process on a bi-
annual basis.
(2) Requirement.--No contract shall be entered into with
any entity under this section unless the Office finds that such
entity will perform its obligations under the contract
efficiently and effectively and will meet such requirements as
to financial responsibility, legal authority, and other matters
as the Office finds pertinent.
(3) Publication of standards and criteria.--The Office
shall publish in the Federal Register standards and criteria
for the efficient and effective performance of contract
obligations under this section, and opportunity shall be
provided for public comment prior to implementation. In
establishing such standards and criteria, the Office shall
provide for a system to measure an entity's performance of
responsibilities.
(4) Term.--Each contract under this section shall be for a
term of at least 1 year, and may be made automatically
renewable from term to term in the absence of notice by either
party of intention to terminate at the end of the current term,
except that the Office may terminate any such contract at any
time (after such reasonable notice and opportunity for hearing
to the entity involved as the Office may provide in
regulations) if the Office finds that the entity has failed
substantially to carry out the contract or is carrying out the
contract in a manner inconsistent with the efficient and
effective administration of the program established by this
Act.
(d) Terms of Contract.--A contract entered into under this section
shall include--
(1) a description of the duties of the contracting entity;
(2) an assurance that the entity will furnish to the Office
such timely information and reports as the Office determines
appropriate;
(3) an assurance that the entity will maintain such records
and afford such access thereto as the Office finds necessary to
assure the correctness and verification of the information and
reports under paragraph (2) and otherwise to carry out the
purposes of this Act;
(4) an assurance that the entity shall comply with such
confidentiality and privacy protection guidelines and
procedures as the Office may require; and
(5) such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with
this section as the Office may find necessary or appropriate.
SEC. 12. COORDINATION WITH SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS.
Benefits under this Act shall, with respect to an individual who is
entitled to benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security
Act, be offered (for use in coordination with those medicare benefits)
to the same extent and in the same manner as if coverage were under
chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
SEC. 13. PUBLIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.
(a) In General.--In carrying out this Act, the Office shall develop
and implement an educational campaign to provide information to
employers and the general public concerning the health insurance
program developed under this Act.
(b) Annual Progress Reports.--Not later than 1 year and 2 years
after the implementation of the campaign under subsection (a), the
Office shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report
that describes the activities of the Office under subsection (a),
including a determination by the office of the percentage of employers
with knowledge of the health benefits programs provided for under this
Act.
(c) Public Education Campaign.--There is authorized to be
appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary
for each of fiscal years 2007 and 2008.
SEC. 14. APPROPRIATIONS.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Office, such sums as
may be necessary in each fiscal year for the development and
administration of the program under this Act.
SEC. 15. REFUNDABLE CREDIT FOR SMALL BUSINESS EMPLOYEE HEALTH INSURANCE
EXPENSES.
(a) In General.--Subpart C of part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to refundable credits)
is amended by redesignating section 36 as section 37 and inserting
after section 35 the following new section:
``SEC. 36. SMALL BUSINESS EMPLOYEE HEALTH INSURANCE EXPENSES.
``(a) Determination of Amount.--In the case of a qualified small
employer, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by
this subtitle for the taxable year an amount equal to the sum of--
``(1) the expense amount described in subsection (b), and
``(2) the expense amount described in subsection (c), paid
by the taxpayer during the taxable year.
``(b) Subsection (b) Expense Amount.--For purposes of this
section--
``(1) In general.--The expense amount described in this
subsection is the applicable percentage of the amount of
qualified employee health insurance expenses of each qualified
employee.
``(2) Applicable percentage.--For purposes of paragraph
(1)--
``(A) In general.--The applicable percentage is
equal to--
``(i) 25 percent in the case of self-only
coverage,
``(ii) 35 percent in the case of family
coverage (as defined in section 220(c)(5)), and
``(iii) 30 percent in the case of coverage
for two adults or one adult and one or more
children.
``(B) Bonus for payment of greater percentage of
premiums.--The applicable percentage otherwise
specified in subparagraph (A) shall be increased by 5
percentage points for each additional 10 percent of the
qualified employee health insurance expenses of each
qualified employee exceeding 60 percent which are paid
by the qualified small employer.
``(c) Subsection (c) Expense Amount.--For purposes of this
section--
``(1) In general.--The expense amount described in this
subsection is, with respect to the first credit year of a
qualified small employer which is an eligible employer, 10
percent of the qualified employee health insurance expenses of
each qualified employee.
``(2) First credit year.--For purposes of paragraph (1),
the term `first credit year' means the taxable year which
includes the date that the health insurance coverage to which
the qualified employee health insurance expenses relate becomes
effective.
``(d) Limitation Based on Wages.-- With respect to a qualified
employee whose wages at an annual rate during the taxable year exceed
$25,000, the percentage which would (but for this section) be taken
into account as the percentage for purposes of subsection (b)(2) or
(c)(1) for the taxable year shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
product of such percentage and the percentage that such qualified
employee's wages in excess of $25,000 bears to $5,000.
``(e) Definitions.--For purposes of this section--
``(1) Qualified small employer.--The term `qualified small
employer' means any employer (as defined in section 2(b)(2) of
the Small Employers Health Benefits Program Act of 2006)
which--
``(A) is a participating employer (as defined in
section 2(b)(5) of such Act),
``(B) pays or incurs at least 60 percent of the
qualified employee health insurance expenses of each
qualified employee for self-only coverage, and
``(C) pays or incurs at least 50 percent of the
qualified employee health insurance expenses of each
qualified employee for all other categories of
coverage.
``(2) Qualified employee health insurance expenses.--
``(A) In general.--The term `qualified employee
health insurance expenses' means any amount paid by an
employer for health insurance coverage under such Act
to the extent such amount is attributable to coverage
provided to any employee while such employee is a
qualified employee.
``(B) Exception for amounts paid under salary
reduction arrangements.--No amount paid or incurred for
health insurance coverage pursuant to a salary
reduction arrangement shall be taken into account under
subparagraph (A).
``(3) Qualified employee.--
``(A) Definition.--
``(i) In general.--The term `qualified
employee' means, with respect to any period, an
employee (as defined in section 2(b)(1) of such
Act) of an employer if the total amount of
wages paid or incurred by such employer to such
employee at an annual rate during the taxable
year exceeds $5,000 but does not exceed
$30,000.
``(ii) Annual adjustment.--For each taxable
year after 2007, the dollar amounts specified
for the preceding taxable year (after the
application of this subparagraph) shall be
increased by the same percentage as the average
percentage increase in premiums under the
Federal Employees Health Benefits Program under
chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code for
the calendar year in which such taxable year
begins over the preceding calendar year.
``(B) Wages.--The term `wages' has the meaning
given such term by section 3121(a) (determined without
regard to any dollar limitation contained in such
section).
``(f) Certain Rules Made Applicable.--For purposes of this section,
rules similar to the rules of section 52 shall apply.
``(g) Credits for Nonprofit Organizations.--Any credit which would
be allowable under subsection (a) with respect to a qualified small
business if such qualified small business were not exempt from tax
under this chapter shall be treated as a credit allowable under this
subpart to such qualified small business.''.
(b) Conforming Amendments.--
(1) Paragraph (2) of section 1324(b) of title 31, United
States Code, is amended by inserting before the period ``, or
from section 36 of such Code''.
(2) The table of sections for subpart C of part IV of
subchapter A of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
is amended by striking the last item and inserting the
following new items:
``Sec. 36. Small business employee health insurance expenses.
``Sec. 37. Overpayments of tax.''.
(c) Effective Date.--The amendments made by this section shall
apply to amounts paid or incurred in taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2006.
SEC. 16. EFFECTIVE DATE.
Except as provided in section 10(e), this Act shall take effect on
the date of enactment of this Act and shall apply to contracts that
take effect with respect to calendar year 2007 and each calendar year
thereafter.
<all>